This is only a preview of the November 2026 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 40 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "NeoPixel RGB LED Analog Clock, Part 1":
Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Portable EMF Probe":
Items relevant to "Ideal Bridge Rectifiers":
Items relevant to "Mighty USB-C Bench Supply, Part 2":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $15.00. |
The VERY BEST DIY Projects!
Built-in Wi-Fi (NTP) support »
62 addressable RGB LEDs »
Can be configured remotely »
NeoPixel
RGB LED
Analog Clock
Portable
EMF Probe
Ideal Bridge
Rectifiers
for Power Amplifiers
NOVEMBER 2026
ISSN 1030-2662
11
9 771030 266001
$1500* NZ $1590
INC GST
INC GST
THE NEW 2026/27
JAYCAR CATALOGUE IS HERE
Loaded with our latest products, the new 2026/27 Jaycar Engineering & Scientific
Catalogue brings 612 pages of tech, electronics, components and tools together in
one place. Keep it on the workbench for easy browsing, comparison and inspiration.
Sometimes it’s better to flick than click.
O N LY
9
$ 95
^
The catalogue will be available for purchase from
our stores or online. Prefer digital? A convenient
flipbook version will also be available online.
www.jaycar.com.au | www.jaycar.co.nz
Australia
New Zealand
BJ5000: $9.95
BJ5002: $11.90
Scan the QR Code or visit:
AU: jaycar.com.au/p/BJ5000 NZ: jaycar.co.nz/p/BJ5002
Limited print run. Be quick before they sell out!
^Price Shown in $AUD - NZ price is $11.90
Contents
Vol.39, No.11
November 2026
12 The History of AMD, Part 1
AMD, like Intel, has a long history of making computer CPUs for the
consumer market, including the first 64-bit offerings. In this three-part series,
we look at what made AMD one of the largest tech companies in the world.
By Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
Electronics feature
The History of
AMD
Part 1
Page 12
46 Motor Control, Part 2
This series will cover many of the different motor types in depth, looking at
how they work and can be controlled. This month, we will look at brushless
DC motors and permanent-magnet synchronous motors.
By Andrew Levido
Electronics theory
58 Microchip’s VS Code IDE
Microchip has released an MPLAB extension for Visual Studio Code, acting
as a replacement for their MPLAB IDE. We take a look at what you can do
with it, and also some of the new chips Microchip have on offer.
Review by Tim Blythman
Software development feature
92 Bass Guitar Valve Amplifier
Fred Lever decided to design a 1970s style all-in-one bass guitar amplifier
but kept it light for easy portability. He also describes building and
customising a matching bass guitar from a Pit Bull kit.
Br Fred Lever
Vintage Electronics
26 NeoPixel RGB LED Analog Clock
This updated version of our ‘Analog’ Clock brings in a new white PCB, and
some interesting features. It has built-in Wi-Fi and NTP support, can be
configured remotely and uses addressable RGB LEDs.
Part 1 by Nicholas Vinen
Clock project
52 Portable EMF Probe
Our EMF Probe uses a single inductor to detect electromagnetic fields
(EMF) and converts them into audio. It can be used to troubleshoot faulty
switchmode power supplies, or even just as an educational tool.
By Tim Blythman
Test equipment project
66 Ideal Bridge Rectifiers
With four different PCB configurations using SMD or through-hole parts,
these bridge rectifiers are ideal for dual-rail power supplies from 5V to 50V
AC in and up to 20A continuous load currents, like power amps.
By Phil Prosser
Power supply project
75 Mighty USB-C Bench Supply
By using USB Power Delivery (USD-PD), you can build your own adjustable
power supply that can deliver up to 20V at 2A. In this final part we cover the
construction details, plus how to set it up and use it.
Part 2 by Tim Blythman
Power supply project
Page 66
Ideal
Bridge
Rectifier
2
Editorial Viewpoint
4
Mailbag
43
Circuit Notebook
83
Kits
84
Serviceman’s Log
90
Online Shop
101
Ask Silicon Chip
103
Market Centre
104
Advertising Index
104
Notes & Errata
1. Long delay timer
2. Identifying objects using YOLOE
3. Formaldehyde gas monitor
4. Feeding line level audio to a mic input
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher/Editor
Nicholas Vinen
Technical Editor
John Clarke – B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Bao Smith – B.Sc.
Tim Blythman – B.E., B.Sc.
Advertising Enquiries
(02) 9939 3295
adverts<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Allan Linton-Smith
Dave Thompson
David Maddison – B.App.Sc. (Hons 1),
PhD, Grad.Dip.Entr.Innov.
Geoff Graham
Associate Professor Graham Parslow
Dr Hugo Holden – B.H.B, MB.ChB.,
FRANZCO
Ian Batty – M.Ed.
Phil Prosser – B.Sc., B.E.(Elec.)
Cartoonist
Louis Decrevel
loueee.com
Founding Editor (retired)
Leo Simpson – B.Bus., FAICD
Silicon Chip is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 626 922 870. ABN 20
880 526 923. All material is copyright ©. No part of this publication
may be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Subscription rates (Australia only)
6 issues (6 months): $77.50
12 issues (1 year):
$145
24 issues (2 years):
$270
Online subscription (Worldwide)
6 issues (6 months): $55
12 issues (1 year):
$105
24 issues (2 years):
$200
For overseas rates, see our website or
email silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
* recommended & maximum price only
Postal address: PO Box 194,
Matraville, NSW 2036.
Phone: (02) 9939 3295.
ISSN: 1030-2662
Printing and Distribution:
1 Huntingwood Dr, Huntingwood NSW 2148
54 Park St, Sydney NSW 2000
2
Silicon Chip
Editorial Viewpoint
AI is reshaping computer security
Love or hate AI, as I predicted in May 2023, it is
having a significant impact on the world. I will admit
that I didn’t mention computer security as an area
where the impact would be disproportionate, but that
seems to be the case.
AI systems are becoming remarkably good at
reviewing source code, analysing program behaviour
and looking for mistakes that human programmers
and security researchers have overlooked.
That is potentially a very good thing. Modern software is extraordinarily
complicated. An operating system such as Windows or Linux contains tens of
millions of lines of code and has accumulated contributions over decades. No
human being could possibly read and understand all of it, while conventional
automated tools are generally limited to looking for particular classes of errors.
AI changes that equation because it can examine huge quantities of code
and reason about the way different pieces interact. It can also generate test
cases, investigate suspicious behaviour and increasingly determine whether
an apparent bug is actually exploitable.
This is no longer hypothetical. Microsoft’s new MDASH security system
found 16 vulnerabilities that were fixed in its May 2026 Windows updates.
Four of those were rated critical and could allow remote code execution.
Google’s Big Sleep AI system has similarly discovered vulnerabilities in
widely used software, including an exploitable memory-safety bug in SQLite.
The scale is becoming enormous. VulnCheck found that CVE (Common
Vulnerabilities and Exposures) disclosures were sharply higher across
numerous major software suppliers during 2026, including Chrome, Mozilla,
Apache, VMware and others. Finding bugs is becoming so easy that they’re
being found quicker than they can be fixed. Anthropic’s Project Glasswing
(started in April this year) picked up more than 23,000 potential bugs; only
a fraction had been reported to software maintainers by June.
Someone has to determine whether each bug report is genuine, work out
which versions are affected, develop and test a fix and distribute it without
introducing another problem. Software maintainers are becoming inundated.
Open-source developers have already complained about large numbers
of AI-generated security reports. Some are nonsense; false reports waste
resources, too.
In May, Google’s Threat Intelligence Group reported what it believes was
the first observed case of a threat actor using a zero-day exploit developed
with the assistance of AI. Anthropic reported last year that a state-sponsored
espionage group had manipulated Claude Code into helping attack roughly
30 organisations. A small number of the attacks succeeded.
In a sense, we have entered a new race between the ‘white hats’ finding
and fixing vulnerabilities and the ‘black hats’ finding and exploiting them.
Still, of the 1061 vulnerabilities that VulnCheck identified as having been
discovered with AI assistance in the first half of this year, only 14 had been
confirmed as exploited in the wild.
So AI has unquestionably caused an explosion in finding vulnerabilities, but
there is not yet evidence of a corresponding explosion in successful attacks.
In the longer term, we should end up with more secure software. In the short
term, though, we have a vast stockpile of existing software being examined
simultaneously by increasingly capable machines on both sides. While AI
won’t inevitably make computer security worse, it has dramatically increased
the speed at which both sides can operate. It reminds me of the saying usually
described as an ancient Chinese curse: “May you live in interesting times”.
We certainly do.
Cover background image: https://unsplash.com/photos/green-and-red-light-digital-wallpaper-bEd5KVP5b4g
Australia's electronics magazine
by Nicholas Vinen
siliconchip.com.au
MAILBAG
your feedback
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd has the right to edit, reproduce in electronic form, and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions to “Ask Silicon Chip”, “Circuit Notebook” and “Serviceman’s Log”.
New board & software from BrisbaneSilicon
Thanks for publishing the review of our ELM11 FPGA
board in Silicon Chip (May 2026; siliconchip.au/Article/
20241). Your readers might be interested in some more
recent BrisbaneSilicon developments.
We’re working on the ELM11-Feather board, which uses
the well-known Feather board layout to allow the connection of FeatherWing add-on boards from Adafruit’s Feather
ecosystem (https://brisbanesilicon.com.au/elm11-feather).
We’ve also introduced the Arvore IDE, which provides a
project manager, code editor and runtime environment for
uploading to ELM11 boards, as well as a mode for selecting
and installing a Hardware Overlay (https://brisbanesilicon.
com.au/arvore-ide).
Craig Haywood, Founder, BrisbaneSilicon.
EVs still have their limitations
Regarding the article on EV Charging in the October 2026
issue (siliconchip.au/Article/20842), I think it is important
that readers realise that long-distance EV driving in Australia is convenient only if (1) you are prepared to stop fairly
frequently, (2) those stops are at specific locations that have
a suitable charger, (3) those stops are of sufficient duration
for the car to charge, and (4) the whole trip is pre-planned.
We’ve now done over 60,000km in our EV, but because
of these ‘long-trip’ limitations, now never take it further
than a 300km round-trip from home.
We recently bought a diesel car specifically for long
trips, as my wife would say of the EV when a long trip was
planned, “We’re not taking that silly car!” The diesel has a
1100km range, can be refuelled in five minutes anywhere
in Australia, and requires no trip pre-planning whatsoever.
In the diesel, we can stop at a country bakery for lunch
(not at a petrol station EV charger); we change our minds
halfway through a trip and decide to go a different way,
even if that adds 300km; and it doesn’t matter if suddenly
it rains or there is a headwind (both can be real worries in
an EV when stretching range).
To be honest, after buying the diesel, we feel delightfully free again! EVs have pluses and minuses, but long
trips are definitely a minus – no matter what EV proponents might say.
Julian Edgar, Dalton, NSW.
Other PDP-11 computer clones existed
The Russians were not the only ones to make copies of
the Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC) PDP-11 (Serviceman’s Log, Silicon Chip September 2026; siliconchip.au/
Article/20729).
In the 1970s, the Computer Machinery Company Limited
4
Silicon Chip
(CMC) in the UK and its North American affiliate, the Computer Machinery Corporation, were manufacturing copies
of both the PDP-8 and the PDP-11, which must have been
built under license to DEC. At the time, CMC was a division of the Pertec Computer Corporation.
Pertec had started life as the Peripheral Equipment Corporation, a manufacturer of magnetic disk drives and tape
drives. Having acquired several smaller computer companies, they rebranded their new operation as Pertec Computer Corporation.
CMC specialised in minicomputers for the data entry
market. These key-to-disk computers provided a more efficient means of data entry to mainframe computers than
the earlier punched card method. The completed batch
data on the disk was then sent to the mainframe bureau,
either physically by magnetic tape or via telephone data
transmission.
Their product was known as the CMC 3/5 Key Processing System, for which Amalgamated Wireless Australasia
(AWA) had the Australian agency.
The two models were based on copies of the DEC general-
purpose minicomputers, either the PDP-8 or the larger PDP11. The model CMC 3 was based on the DEC PDP-8 and the
model CMC 5 was based on the DEC PDP-11. These computers were fitted with circuit boards of magnetic core memory.
Ross Stell, Kogarah, NSW.
Older PICkits are far from useless!
Your readers might be interested in downloading PIC
kitminus (https://github.com/jaka-fi/PICkitminus), which
gives Microchip PICkit 2 and PICkit 3 programmers support
for more modern devices. In total, it supports 1594 devices,
with a few limitations. PICkitminus needs to update the
bootloader on PICkit 3 to use it; software allows it to be
reverted back to use MPLAB again.
Do not confuse it with PICKitplus, which is a paid program with similar claims. I have been using PICkitminus
with a clone PICkit3.5 and works wonderfully as a workaround when there are problems with my SNAP, such
as the lack of target voltage delivery. In my opinion, the
software is so fast and efficient that it’s better than using
MPLAB IPE v6.20.
John Slade, Hamilton, New Zealand.
Overly complex microcontrollers and using varnished MDF
Thank you for keeping the Silicon Chip magazine alive
through these trying times. It is nice to see that the magazine has not become little more than an advertising platform, like many of the American and British magazines.
It was lovely to see the DCC projects. I have been wanting
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
ATEM Television Studio
Portable all-in-one live production switcher with
streaming and network storage for DaVinci editing!
ATEM Television Studio is a professional live production switcher
built into a broadcast control panel so it can be used for high
end work while being extremely portable. You get a powerful
switcher with 8 standards converted SDI inputs, aux outputs,
4 chroma keyers, 2 downstream keyers, SuperSource, 2 media
players and lots of transitions! There are even ISO models that
record all 8 inputs for editing!
Connect up to 8 Broadcast Cameras
Easy to Use and Fast to Learn
Built In Fairlight Audio Mixer
There’s never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press
any of the program row buttons on the front panel to cut between video
sources. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or
more dramatic effects such as dip to color, DVE squeeze and DVE push.
You can even add a DVE for picture in picture effects with customized
graphics. Then you can live stream the results!
With a built in Fairlight audio mixer, ATEM Television Studio makes it
possible to do complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer features
enough channels for all SDI inputs, as well as extra channels for the
XLR, RCA and MADI inputs! Each input channel features the highest
quality 6 band parametric EQ, compressor, limiter, expander and
noise gate as well as level and pan controls.
Self Contained Broadcast Quality Switcher
The ATEM Television Studio combines a switcher and control panel
into the same unit, so it’s extremely portable. The front panel includes
buttons for selecting sources, triggering transitions and setting up
video effects. You also get a built in t-bar for manual transition control!
The front panel even has an innovative audio mixer control area with
live metering on a dedicated LCD.
With 8 SDI video inputs, ATEM Television Studio lets you connect
multiple cameras for different views of the performance. Cameras
with SDI outputs, such as Blackmagic Studio Camera or Blackmagic
URSA Broadcast G2, offer better low light performance and use
professional lenses. All video sources will re-sync to the switcher, so
setup on location is easy!
ATEM Television Studio HD8 ...................$4,209
ATEM Television Studio HD8 ISO........ $4,675
ATEM Television Studio 4K8.....................$7,765
Learn more at www.blackmagicdesign.com/au
Learn More!
DCC decoders for some time, despite having to put the
model trains to one side for a while. Of course, the appearance of the DCC Base Station, the DCC Remote Controller,
and the DCC Booster projects increased my interest.
After reading the projects, I decided I will probably buy
several DCC Decoder kits eventually, but I am unsure about
the other units.
Silicon Chip has used the PIC16F18146 a few times, and
I have ignored it, but with the DCC projects, I wanted to
know more about it and downloaded the datasheet. The
datasheet is at least double the size of any other PIC16-
series datasheet that I have.
It is almost unusable because of its size, and that’s something, because Microchip, in my opinion, has (or perhaps
had) some of the best documentation that I have ever
seen. This is a ‘do everything’ chip which, for me, makes
it unusable.
I like to work at the silicon level with the registers, pins,
and ports almost at the raw instruction level. With a chip
like this, I would be wasting a lot of time and effort sorting out what is needed from what is not needed to perform a function.
It could be argued that I should use high-level software
to configure the chip, but then the chip becomes a black
box and there’s no pleasure in that. Besides, why would
I want to add another source of bugs to a project? I will
stick with the older PIC microcontrollers. I have substantial quantities to satisfy my future needs.
On another subject, a little while ago, I wondered if it
would be feasible to use varnished MDF sheet as a support for circuits, just like fibreglass sheet. Varnished timber
had been used early in the last century, so varnished MDF
should work.
I bought a 900 × 600mm sheet of 3mm MDF ($6.08) and
a 900 × 600mm sheet of 6mm ($9.58) from Bunnings, cut
two 300 × 450mm pieces from each sheet, then varnished
them with Bondall clear varnish ($11.77 for 250mL).
From one of the 6mm sheets, I cut three samples and
tested them for resistance using a 1000V DC supply. At the
smallest separation of 5mm between the test points, the
lowest resistance was 18.1MW and the highest was 52.9MW.
Considering that I very rarely use voltages above 50V, I
believe varnished MDF would be suitable for many experiments where high impedances are not involved.
Applying varnish diluted with mineral turpentine followed by two normal coats has worked, but I failed to
ensure the MDF was completely dry first; it should ideally be dried first. One noticeable effect of this method was
that the MDF became more rigid and does not flex easily.
One of my projects, which I still haven’t finished, is to
enclose some USB flash drives in a fireproof enclosure
with (hopefully) a two-hour rating in case my house is
destroyed by fire. I need a strong steel box, but they are
expensive.
While at Bunnings, I noticed Syneco cash boxes. One of
these, 200mm wide, 160mm deep and 90mm high, fully
painted, hinges into two equal halves, and with a lock,
costs just $11.95.
It may not be suitable for the fireproof enclosure, but it
certainly should be considered for various projects. The
product code is 9 321396 044944.
George Ramsay, Holland Park, Qld.
Back
Issues
The UK
’s
Circui
t
Pr
Electractical
onics
fT sTa
r TE r
premier
electron
ics so
and
Underst Surgery
using anding and
gyrato
rs
Make
computin
g ma
ker ma
Mrom
Finishin
h Mic
E Th
g
gazine
light con the PicoMite ite E ‘sP La
troller
T’ aT
Audio
softwar smart
e
Designi Out sw iTc
h- on
discreteng a practic
!
al
audio
op am
a Mi
p
GPS-Sy
Analog nchronise
ue Cloc d
k
it wit Ta
6- d Ec
WIN
M
mTo ICRO A
CH
u
Dev ch AR IP
elo
10
adE
pm 00
LLionPico r Es
Kit ent
PrEc
MisE
VaLU
ite smis Ta n c
Es Tolight
E b ox
finECont art
YoUr
TUnErolle
dEsiG
r
ns
WIN!
Microch
ip
Inte
grat
Graphic ed
sE
s and
Touch
M
CuriTE
osity
sT – Pa
luation
bUEva
iLd
Kit an
rT 3
d Us
siL ic
E oU
on ch
r ULTiM
Ec kE
aT E
r
Jump
start
Mini LE
Driver D
Egg Tim
er – eg
to pe
gcellen
rfectio
t brea
n!
kf
ast, tim
Compl
PLUS!
APRIL
13 Cover.in
dd 1
ractica
lelec
practic
ed
etin
g
WideTechno
range the
Tal
inter
Cool Bea k – My tru
face, Ohmmet
th, you
ne
r truth techn
Net Wo ns – Arduin
er
and AI o tal t work, cir
o Boo
rk – Rou
k, pic
ters, pow tcamp: new
n’ mix cuit Surg
www.e
bo
er sup
Sep 202
ery, re
lectron
plies, TEM ards update
3 £5.9
adout,
publish
9
!
U and
ing.co
09
more
m
9 7726
<at>p
32 5730
30
alelec
APRIL 201
3
£4.40
tronics
Practical Electronics is the UK’s premier electronics, computing & maker magazine.
Each month has a wide variety of electronics projects suiting beginners and experts alike. It
also includes many different features on topics like audio, radio, computers and more.
14/02/2
013 10:33:4
7
24 YEAR COLLECTION OF PRACTICAL ELECTRONICS
Every issue of Practical Electronics published from January 2000 to December 2023.
Covering 288 magazines & over 20,000 pages of content; see siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3
PDF Download
SC7650 ▸ $165
The articles can be downloaded per month, year or the
entire block. Some of the excellent columns of Practical
Electronics include Audio Out, Circuit Surgery, Techno Talk
and more. The download size is approximately 5.4GB.
6
Silicon Chip
PDFs on USB
SC7645 ▸ $180
plus postage cost
Supplied on a 32GB Silicon Chip branded USB flash drive.
Purchasing this also gives
you access to the download
version shown opposite.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Comments: while we understand the appeal of simpler
microcontrollers, having many peripherals does not necessarily make a device more difficult to use. There is no need
to understand or configure peripherals that aren’t required
for an application; they can simply be ignored. With the
PIC16F18146, unused peripherals can also be disabled
with a few register writes to reduce power consumption.
The datasheet may look daunting because it documents
everything the device can do, but there is no need to read
it from cover to cover. In practice, you can read the introductory sections, then use the contents to jump straight to
the sections covering the peripherals you actually need.
So for a simple application, it is quite practical to use
little more than the processor core and GPIO pins, perhaps
with the ADC or a timer as required, and ignore most of the
unused peripherals. Given how inexpensive these modern,
highly capable microcontrollers are, we don’t see much
disadvantage in having additional functionality available
even when most of it goes unused.
Regarding using varnished MDF as a substitute for fibreglass, it seems reasonable for some low-voltage circuits that
don’t rely on high impedances, but we would not use it for
high-voltage or mains applications. That’s because of the
possibility it could absorb moisture over time and become
significantly more conductive, especially if the varnishing
job is not perfect.
LEDs vs incandescent lamps
The experience Bruce Pierson related in the September
issue regarding incandescent, CFL and LED lamps (“LED
globes are not as reliable as promised”) is most remarkable.
Incandescent lamps rarely last as long as 10 years in normal domestic use. Some in rarely used rooms might, but
only if the lamps were used as infrequently as the rooms.
Instead of suspecting the lamps, I suggest that he get an
electrician to check the wiring of his house.
I notice that Dundathu is a suburb of Maryborough and
should have a reliable electricity supply, but it would be
useful to check if his neighbours have similar problems.
Another culprit might be a nearby radio transmitter. Incandescent lamps are relatively insensitive to spikes on the
wires, but really big spikes might overwhelm the protection circuits in CFL and LED lamps.
Most of my lamps are now LEDs, with a few CFLs lurking
about. I have replaced a few since installing them, but I do
this so rarely that needing to replace one is a big surprise.
Keith Anderson, Kingston, Tas.
More on LED globes
I refer to the letter in the September issue with regard to
LED globes (p10). My shed has several 12V LED floodlights,
some 20W, some 10W. Both types have suffered failures
after only a few years and the total run-times are not great.
I assumed that the problem was overheating.
I did an experiment to see if it was viable to feed the lights
with pulsed DC with different duty cycles. Unfortunately,
this proved fruitless as the temperature of the heatsink was
higher with lower pulse widths, such as an 80% duty cycle.
My guess is that the power supplies within these lights use
current-control rather than voltage.
Joe Edgecombe, Toodyay, WA.
Comment: you are likely right since LED floodlights typSC
ically include constant-current drivers.
8
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K
Advanced digital film camera in a compact
design with 4/3 sensor and Blackmagic RAW!
Dual Native for Exceptional Low Light Performance
Dramatically improve the production value of your work by
upgrading to digital film! Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera is
better than a simple video camera because it has professional
features allowing you to create the same “look” as Hollywood
feature films. The combination of high dynamic range, great low
light performance and Blackmagic RAW gives you feature film
images with precise skin tones and gorgeous organic colors.
The Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera features dual native ISO up
to 25,600, which means it is optimized to minimize grain or noise in
images, while maintaining the full dynamic range of the sensor.
The native ISO of 400 is ideal for scenes with on-set lighting. The
secondary high base ISO of 3200 is perfect when shooting in dimly
lit environments.
High Resolution Cinematic Digital Film Sensor
The quality of RAW and the speed of video
The Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K features a 4/3 image sensor
with 4096 x 2160 resolution and an MFT lens mount, allowing you
to capture wide dynamic range, Hollywood quality, digital film images
in the palm of your hand! An amazing sensor combined with Blackmagic
color science means you get the same imaging technology as the most
expensive digital film cameras.
Blackmagic RAW is a revolutionary new format that preserves the
quality of the camera’s sensor data in small, fast files. Unlike
compressed video formats such as H.264, which add noise and
artifacts that damage the image, Blackmagic RAW gives you stunning
images with incredible detail and color throughout the production
pipeline from camera to edit, color and mastering.
Multifunction Grip with Fingertip Controls
The multifunction handgrip features a comfortable and familiar design
that puts important functions such as ISO, WB and shutter buttons right
at your fingertips. You get easy to reach recording and still buttons that
are placed exactly where you expect them to be, along with assignable
function keys and buttons for high frame rate, focus, zoom, menus,
playback and more.
www.blackmagicdesign.com/au
Prices exclude local duties and taxes.
Blackmagic Pocket
Cinema Camera 4K .............................................. $1,625
Blackmagic Pocket
Cinema Camera 6K ............................ From $3,125
Learn More!
E
R
O
M
E
V
SA IN STORE
E
L
A
S
R
E
B
NOVEM
NOV
OCT 26TH -
SPEND
30TH
SAVE
$1,000
$100
IN-STORE
MORE
SPEND
SAVE
$5,000
$300
IN-STORE
MORE
SPEND
SAVE ONLINE
THIS NOVEMBER,
OR EVEN MORE
IN STORE BY
SPENDING $1000
OR MORE!
SAVE
$10,000
$500
IN-STORE
MORE
*TERMS & CONDITIONS
Discount is applied in-store only, while at checkout.
Offer is limited to one sale, per person, per day.
For full T&Cs please visit
www.machineryhouse.com.au
www.machineryhouse.com.au
NEW BRISBANE STORE
SYDNEY
MELBOURNE
BRISBANE
PERTH
ADELAIDE
(02) 9890 9111
(03) 9212 4422
(07) 3715 2200
(08) 9373 9999
(08) 9373 9969
Specifications & Prices are subject to change without notification. All prices include GST and valid until 30-11-26
OUR BRISBANE BRANCH HAS MOVED
680 Boundary Road, Richlands, 4077
(8.8KMS AWAY)
MEGA HOLESAW SET 26 PCE
- H125SG26A
• Ø19 - Ø121mm
• HSS M42 Bi-Metal Hole Saws
• 32mm cutting depth
• Varied Pitched cutting teeth
NEW RELEASE
INDUSTRIAL BENCH GRINDER HG-150
• Supplied with Ø150mm Fine &
Coarse Wheels
• 0.37kW – 1/2HP Motor Power
$299.00 (D1035)
$99.00 (G140)
MICRO METAL LATHE - AL-50V
• Variable speed 160-1580rpm
• X & Y Axis linear guide ways
• 50mm max. workpiece clamping diameter
• 95mm max. workpiece clamping length
• 9mm spindle bore
MEDIUM-DUTY BENCH
DRILL - BELT DRIVE BD-325
NEW RELEASE
METAL CUTTING BAND SAW
- SWIVEL VICE - BS-7
• 16mm drill capacity
• 2MT spindle
• 12 spindle speeds
• Swivel & tilt table
• 1hp, 240V motor
$1,045 (L670)
$1,275 (B007)
$359.00 (D590)
• 300 x 180mm cap.
• Mitre cuts to 45º
• Built-in coolant
system
• 1hp, 240V motor
HUGE DRILLING RANGE
HOLE SAW SET - HSS
• 11 piece set
• M42 Bi-Metal high
speed steel
• 19, 22, 25, 32, 35, 38, 44,
51, 57, 64, 76mm
• Includes 3/8” & 1/2”
arbor shank & pilot drill
RADIUS CUTTER SET
• 6 piece set
• M35 Grade HSS including
5% Cobalt
• Radius sizes: 4, 5, 6, 8mm
• Shank sizes: 12, 16, 16,
20mm
BALL NOSE CUTTER SET
• 5 piece set
• 6, 8, 10, 12, 16mm
• HSS M35 5% Cobalt
• Plain shank
• Two flute
REDUCED SHANK DRILL SETS
• M35 grade HSS with 5% Cobalt
• 135° point to suit tougher
materials
• Ø1/2" reduced shank
• 9/16", 5/8", 11/16", 3/4", 13/16",
7/8", 5/16", 1"
INDUSTRIAL DRILL SETS
• Precision ground flutes
• M35 Grade HSS
including 5% Cobalt
• 135º split point centre
25 PIECE METRIC
1-13mm (x0.5mm)
$139.00 (D1272)
29 PIECE IMPERIAL
1/16"- 1/2" (x1/64")
$119.00 (D102)
$115.00 (M3391)
$85.00 (M3355)
$249.00 (D1181)
$129.00 (D1282)
HUGE MEASURING RANGE
IP-54 RATED
PROTECTION AGAINST
INGRESS OF DUST & WATER
RECHARGEABLE DIGITAL CALIPERS
• Magnetic charging in under 3 hours
• Long battery life with
low battery alert
• Metric, Imperial and Fraction
measuring modes
• 4-Way measuring
• Auto-off function
• 150-300mm Range
• Easy adjustment for recalibrating
with ratchet spanner
• Carbide tipped anvils, Flatness
0.0008mm
• Micro-fine clear graduations on
satin chrome finish
Q170
3 sizes available from $79
IP-67 RATED
WATERPROOF UP TO 1M FOR
30 MINUTES
$770.00 (Q118)
RE
O
M
E
SAV TORE
NOVEMBER
Q177
3 sizes available from $109
SALE
IN S
O
NOV 30TH
CT 26TH -
FOR MORE PRODUCTS VISIT
MACHINERYHOUSE.COM.AU/SIC2610
09_SIC_261026
METRIC OUTSIDE MICROMETERS
6 PIECE SET - 20-118
Part 1 by Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
Image source: https://freetrade.io/news/the-story-of-amd
THE HISTORY OF
AMD
from garage startup to innovator
We described the history of Intel in the February, March & April
2026 issues (siliconchip.au/Series/457) since Intel is one of the
most important companies in the computer space. Its closest
competitor, Advanced Micro Devices (AMD) also has a long and
storied history that deserves to be told.
I
ntel was established on the 18th of July, 1968,
while AMD (Advanced Micro Devices) was
incorporated less than a year later, on the
1st of May, 1969.
Like Intel, AMD’s fortunes have been
made mainly on the back of computer
CPUs. AMD’s market capitalisation (the
total value of all outstanding shares in
the company) surpassed Intel’s in February 2022. Today, AMD’s market cap is
~US$1 trillion while Intel’s is ~US$600
billion at the time of writing.
The Fairchild Semiconductor
connection
Intel and AMD have some history in
common, as they were both founded
by former employees of Fairchild
Semiconductor, and are thus known
as “Fairchildren”.
In 1955, William Shockley, winner
of the 1956 Nobel Prize in Physics for
12
Silicon Chip
co-inventing the transistor, founded
Shockley Semiconductor Laboratory
in Mountain View, California (primary
operations began in 1956).
Shockley was a brilliant scientist but
a poor manager. In 1957, eight of his
key employees, who came to be known
as the “Traitorous Eight”, left to found
Fairchild Semiconductor.
Fairchild Semiconductor was not
founded as a totally independent company like it might be today because
the concept of venture capital funding
didn’t really exist back then. Thirty
companies were approached to assist
in the founding of this new venture.
It was Sherman Fairchild of Fairchild Camera and Instrument who provided US$1.38 million in funding (a
very large sum at the time) plus a US$3
million buyout option. In exchange,
the new semiconductor operation was
Australia's electronics magazine
established as a division of Fairchild
Camera and Instrument, named Fairchild Semiconductor.
This arrangement gave the eight
engineers the capital and resources
they needed, while giving Sherman
Fairchild control and the potential
for making a huge profit in the fast-
growing semiconductor business.
Fairchild Semiconductor became
one of the most fertile companies in
history, in the sense that many of its
engineers and executives left to start
other important firms. Such companies include:
• National Semiconductor (1959)
• Amelco (1961)
• Applied Materials (1967)
• Intel (1968)
• AMD (1969)
• LSI Logic (1981)
• Altera (1983)
• SanDisk (1988)
The venture capital firms Kleiner
Perkins (1972) and Sequoia Capital
(1972) also emerged from Fairchild.
Jen-Hsun “Jensen” Huang worked at
both AMD and LSI Logic, both “Fairchildren”, and became co-founder of
Nvidia, another huge technology company that we will discuss in a future
article.
Disillusionment
Robert Noyce and Gordon Moore
were weary of what Fairchild Semiconductor had become, so in 1968,
they left to found Intel.
A year later, Jerry Sanders, the
worldwide sales manager at Fairchild
Semiconductor, also became concerned about the dire situation there
and left to found AMD.
The disillusionment came from the
mismatch between the fast-paced,
rapidly developing semiconductor
industry and the old, slow-moving,
conservative Fairchild Camera and
Instrument parent company on the
opposite coast of the USA. The parent
company also took much of the profit
from the subsidiary, which starved
the semiconductor division of funds
to reinvest.
Executives were also given poor
stock options and reimbursement
compared to other Fairchild divisions. Finally, the East Coast management rarely visited the West Coast
company, and was out of touch and
bureaucratic in contrast to the entrepreneurial, hands-on approach of the
semiconductor division.
siliconchip.com.au
The dissatisfaction grew noticeably through 1966-67 and reached a
breaking point from late 1967 to 1968,
leading to Noyce and Moore leaving,
with Sanders following less than a
year later.
Unlike Noyce and Moore, Jerry Sanders was not a member of the Traitorous
Eight that founded Fairchild Semiconductor. He had joined Fairchild as a
sales and marketing executive, where
he quickly rose through the company.
However, due to management conflicts,
he was pushed out of day-to-day operations and eventually took a severance
package of one year’s salary.
He was known for his charismatic
but controversial style as director of
marketing, his flashy style, his pink
Cadillac and his aggressive sales
approach.
Jerry Sanders founds AMD
After being pushed out of Fairchild
in late 1968, Jerry Sanders joined a
group of seven other ex-Fairchild
employees who wanted to start their
own semiconductor company. On the
1st of May, 1969, the eight of them officially incorporated Advanced Micro
Devices (AMD), with Sanders as president (he insisted on the role, which
caused some initial tension). The company initially operated from temporary
premises in Santa Clara, California,
moving to Sunnyvale later that year.
The original eight co-founders were
(as shown in the lead photo & below):
1. W. Jerry Sanders III, from sales &
marketing at Fairchild, became President & CEO of AMD
2. Jack F. Gifford became director
of marketing and business development at AMD
3. Sven E. Simonsen became director of engineering, complex digital
operations at AMD
4. D. John Carey became managing
director of complex digital operations
at AMD
5. James N. Giles became director of
engineering, analog operations at AMD
6. Edwin J. Turney became director
of sales and administration at AMD
7. R. Lawrence “Larry” Stenger
became managing director, analog
operations at AMD
8. Frank T. Botte became director
of development, analog operations
at AMD
As you can see, they came from
sales, marketing, engineering and
operations backgrounds at Fairchild.
AMD started with almost no capital. Sanders personally raised roughly
US$1.5 million through a combination
of private investors, small venture capital groups, personal loans and friends.
Unlike the Traitorous Eight (who
had corporate backing from Fairchild Camera and Instrument), AMD
was a true “bootstrap” startup. The
company’s original business plan was
simple and pragmatic: they wanted to
become a “second source” supplier of
digital integrated circuits.
They would legally copy (or license)
popular logic and memory chips from
competitors like Texas Instruments,
Motorola and National Semiconductor, then sell them at competitive
prices with better customer service.
AMD’s first product (the Am9300 shift
register) shipped in 1970, and the company made its first profit in 1971.
The strategy to become a second-
source supplier was very wise because
at the time, big buyers of chips like
the US Military, General Electric (GE),
Honeywell and International Business
Machines (IBM) were reluctant to purchase chips unless there were multiple
sources for them.
The reasons for this included that
there might be quality, supply or cost
problems if they relied on just one
supplier. Imagine investing millions
in developing a new product and the
sole supplier of critical components
files for bankruptcy! Identifying this
market niche and becoming a high-
quality, reliable second-source supplier for such buyers was an excellent
move to help gain market share.
“Borrowing from friends”
AMD started with almost nothing.
The company was incorporated with
From left-toright, the eight
co-founders of
AMD: W. Jerry
Sanders III, Jack
F Gifford, Sven
E. Simonsen,
D. John Carey,
James N. Giles,
Edwin J. Turney,
R. Lawrence
Stenger and
Frank T. Botte.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 13
roughly US$100,000 of combined personal savings and small contributions
from the founders. Sanders then personally led an intensive fundraising
effort to raise the US$1.5-1.75 million
needed to actually launch operations.
This was a very small amount for
a semiconductor startup, even by
1969 standards. He borrowed heavily from friends, personal contacts
and a handful of small investors. One
important contribution came when
Jonathan Lovelace (the founder of
Capital Group) personally advanced
US$30,000 just to cover minimum
rent and basic equipment to keep the
fledgling company going.
Sanders used his salesman’s bravado to close the deal, repeatedly
assuring the nervous co-founders that
“we’re going to get the money” even
when things looked uncertain.
The funding phase was finally completed in mid-1969 after months of
sleepless nights and near-misses.
First headquarters – humble
beginnings
The first “headquarters” of AMD
was in the living room of co-founder
John Carey’s house. They then rented
two small back rooms (about 84m2
total) inside a rug-cutting company at
1040 DeGiulio Avenue, Santa Clara. It
was a shared industrial space with no
proper amenities; just enough room for
eight desks and basic drafting tables.
The founders joked that it lacked
even a garage door or convenient
parking.
Once most of the funding was
completed by September 1969, AMD
moved into its first permanent facility
at 901 Thompson Place, Sunnyvale.
This was a 1394m2 building they purchased for US$500,000. This space
housed the entire company, including the first small wafer fab, which
was set up for an eight-mask, two-inch
(51mm) wafer process having a 7μm
feature size.
It originated from Sanders’ unsatisfactory experiences at Fairchild.
He had watched the parent company
(Fairchild Camera and Instrument)
repeatedly mistreat its best engineers
and salespeople by under-paying
them, giving them poor stock options,
and taking profits from the semiconEquipment & early operations ductor division to fund the failing East
They improvised everything with Coast businesses.
the absolute minimum of equipment,
Sanders believed this “profits first”
buying or leasing the cheapest basic corporate mindset destroyed morale
semiconductor processing equipment and drove away talent. When he
they could find, such as wafer process- founded AMD, he deliberately chose
ing tools, assembly equipment, etc. the opposite approach. Starting as
They also used a lot of second-hand early as 1969-1970, Sanders repeator reconditioned equipment wherever edly stated his new motto in numerpossible.
ous early interviews, speeches and
As mentioned above, they started internal meetings.
with a rudimentary two-inch wafer
What he meant by this was to hire
line; nothing was state-of-the-art. the best people, treat them with respect
They focused on second-sourcing,
and generosity (such as better stock
legally copying existing logic and
options, bonuses and culture) and crememory chips from competitors like ate an environment where employees
TI and National Semiconductor, so felt valued and motivated. He thought
they didn’t need to perform expen- that if he did that, great products and
sive research and development (R&D) strong profits would naturally result.
right away.
The saying became AMD’s unofficial
Its first product, the Am9300, was motto for decades and was printed on
released in 1970. It was a second- corporate materials, repeated in meetsource version of a product originally ings and used for recruiting. Sanders
designed by Fairchild Semiconductor.
credited it as one of the main reasons
The whole operation was extremely AMD was able to attract top talent
lean. The founders even did much away from much larger companies
of the early work themselves, while during the 1970s and 1980s.
Sanders was out raising money and
AMD’s main historical eras
“selling the vision”.
AMD has had five main historiSanders’ motto
cal eras. These will be used as main
Jerry Sanders’ motto was “People headings in this article. The eras are
first, products and profits will follow!” roughly as follows:
It became his lifelong management
• Second-sourcing, cloning,
philosophy and one of AMD’s core reverse-engineering and some indecultural tenets from the beginning.
pendent designs (1969-1995)
Fig.1: AMD’s previous headquarters in Sunnyvale, California
(since demolished in 2019). Source: https://w.wiki/RGex
14
Silicon Chip
Fig.2: AMD’s Santa Clara, California, headquarters in
2020. Source: https://w.wiki/RGew
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
• Independent architecture and the
GHz race (1996-2003)
• Innovation leadership (2003-2007)
• Dark years and the Bulldozer
architecture (2008-2016)
• The Zen renaissance and the modern era (2017-present)
Second-source, cloning, reverse-
engineering and some independent
designs (1969-1995)
Second sourcing was the foundation of AMD’s business model and the
key reason the company survived its
difficult startup phase. In the semiconductor industry of the late 1960s
and 1970s, a second-source company
legally produced and sold an exact or
near-exact copy of another manufacturer’s integrated circuit.
Customers wanted second sources
because they reduced supply risk, created price competition and guaranteed
chip availability.
Being a “second sourcer” as a fundamental part of AMD’s strategy in
the early years was very pragmatic.
They deliberately chose not to compete head-on with giant companies
by inventing new chips, which would
have been very difficult for them at the
time. Second-sourcing enabled them
to relatively easily generate revenue
to grow the company without a massive investment.
Jerry Sanders’ famous by-line during
this era was: “We’re not in the semiconductor business. We’re in the customer service business.”
This second-sourcing phase was
roughly 1970-1978, keeping AMD
alive during its cash-poor early years.
It helped build the manufacturing discipline and customer base that allowed
the company to later develop its own
innovative products.
AMD chose to second-source popular logic and memory chips in particular. They reverse-engineered or
licensed designs from companies like
Texas Instruments, National Semiconductor, Motorola, Intel and Signetics.
AMD produced functionally identical parts with the same pinout and electrical specifications. However, it tried to
distinguish its products by offering better quality, better packaging, better customer service, or all three. As a result of
its approach to second-sourcing products, AMD could offer customers:
• High reliability (they built a
strong reputation for high quality and
low failure rates)
• Better customer support, which
came from Jerry Sanders’ background
in sales, promoting an attitude of providing excellent service and response
to customers
• Military-grade parts; AMD focused
heavily on the military and aerospace
market, where customers were prepared to pay premium prices
The second-source model worked
because it required much less R&D than
designing original chips. It allowed
AMD to build manufacturing expertise
and cash flow, and it created strong relationships with customers who wanted
alternatives to the dominant suppliers.
AMD’s earned reputation as the
“high-quality second source” later
helped them transition into original
processor designs, starting with the
Am2900 bit-slice family in the mid1970s, although that wasn’t its first
clean-sheet product.
A bit-slice processor is a modular,
multi-chip building-block approach to
designing high-performance custom
microprocessors. Instead of creating
a complete fixed-width CPU (such as
eight bits or 16 bits), the Am2900 provided 4-bit wide ‘slices’ that engineers
could combine, such as four slices for
a 16-bit processor, eight for a 32-bit
processor and so on.
Each slice contained its own arithmetic logic unit (ALU, such as the
Am2901 chip), registers and shifting logic, while accessory chips like
the Am2909 handled sequencing and
control.
This architecture was highly flexible and microprogrammable, allowing
designers to create custom instruction
sets and optimised processors for specific applications such as minicomputers, graphics systems, military equipment and disk controllers.
The Am2900 family became popular because it offered excellent performance and scalability at a time
when standard off-the-shelf microprocessors were still relatively slow
and limited.
First second-source products
The first second-source product,
released in 1970, was the Am9300,
a 4-bit shift register. After that, they
quickly expanded into TTL logic families (7400 series equivalents), memory chips and linear (analog) chips –
see Table 1.
Another important second-source
milestone was AMD’s first memory
chip, the Am3101 64-bit bipolar RAM
chip, released in 1971 (see Fig.3 overleaf). It was based on Intel’s first product, the 3101, released in 1969. It was
not licensed from Intel but reverse-
engineered.
Table 1: AMD’s second-source products, 1969-1975
Year(s) Product
Description
Original source
Significance
1970
Am9300
Parallel load 4-bit shift
register, 5V TTL
Fairchild 9300
AMD’s first second-source commercial
product.
1971
Am3101
64-bit bipolar RAM
Reverse-engineered from
the Intel 3101
AMD’s first second-source RAM chip.
1971
Am7400
series
TTL logic family (NAND
Texas Instruments 7400
gates, inverters, flip-flops etc) series
One of AMD’s biggest revenue drivers,
especially military-grade versions.
1972-3
Am1488
Am1489
RS-232 line drivers &
receivers
National Semiconductor
and Motorola
Very successful in communications
and computer peripherals.
1973
Am1702
2kib EPROM
Intel 1702
One of the first memory products AMD
second-sourced.
1975
Am9080
8-bit microprocessor
Intel 8080
AMD’s first microprocessor (reverseengineered). It had faster variants than
the Intel product.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 15
Fig.3: the die and wire bonding of
AMD’s first RAM chip, the 64-bit
Am3101, reverse-engineered from
Intel’s 3101. Source: www.facebook.
com/share/p/1ELjPTFSj7/
Fig.4: AMD’s first proprietary
chip, the Am2501. Source: https://
overclockers.ru/blog/gummibear/
show/45878/pervaya-sereznayapobeda-sobstvennoj-arhitekturyamd-burevestnik-thunderbird
Fig.5: the AM2501 in its package
with the encapsulation material
removed to reveal the die, bond
wires and part of the lead frame.
Source: Ken Shirriff (https://x.com/i/
status/1218982024070955009)
Fig.6: a die photo of the Am2501
chip. Source: https://prohoster.info/
en/blog/novosti-interneta/amd-bylaosnovana-rovno-50-let-nazad-sostartovym-kapitalom-v-50-tysyach
16
Silicon Chip
Intel did not sue because, at the
time, patent and copyright laws did
not apply to silicon layouts as long as
they were not a direct copy based on
the manufacturing masks (the blueprints to etch the silicon).
In fact, Intel welcomed the Am3101
because, at the time, companies like
Honeywell and Burroughs refused to
design Intel chips into their systems
unless a second-source supplier was
available to guarantee supply and
price competition. AMD thus also
inadvertently helped Intel popularise
its product.
AMD soon built enough credibility and cash flow that it began moving beyond pure second-sourcing into
original designs, most notably the
Am2900 bit-slice processor family,
introduced in 1975.
Jerry Sanders often boasted during
this period that while other companies
competed on technology, AMD would
compete on quality and service, and
it worked. This second-source strategy
was extremely successful and kept the
young company alive during its most
vulnerable years.
The Am9300
The Am9300 was released in 1970.
As a second-source component originally designed by Fairchild Semiconductor and designated 9300 (also
second-sourced or cloned by National
Semiconductor [DM9300] and Texas
Instruments [SN9300]), it was a relatively simple but widely used logic
device capable of parallel-load, shiftleft, shift-right and hold functions.
It was a 4-bit medium-scale integration shift register containing around 85
transistors and 40 resistors, with 125
components in total and 26 logic gates.
The Am9300 reflected AMD’s early
strengths and market positioning.
Although the company lacked the
resources to design complex original
chips in the beginning, its strength was
in manufacturing high-quality bipolar
logic devices with superior reliability
and consistency.
To do this, AMD applied its Fairchild-inherited process technology
and rigorous quality control to produce versions that often outperformed
the original source parts, particularly
in military and industrial applications, where failure rates had to be
extremely low.
By successfully producing and selling the Am9300, AMD demonstrated
Australia's electronics magazine
its fundamental early capability: the
ability to manufacture dependable,
high-quality semiconductor parts and
provide excellent customer support.
The Am9300 was produced using
bipolar TTL (transistor-transistor
logic) process technology, which was
the same high-speed bipolar process
AMD inherited from its ex-Fairchild
engineers. This bipolar TTL technology used gold doping for faster switching and was well-suited to the military,
aerospace and industrial markets that
AMD targeted.
AMD’s self-designed products
After AMD established its second-
sourcing strategy, it had the confidence and cash flow to start developing its own chips, as shown in Table
2. Second-sourcing remained AMD’s
‘bread and butter’ in the early years,
and the revenue from that also allowed
them to start designing its own chips.
The Am2501 (1970) was AMD’s first
proprietary/in-house designed logic
chip, while the Am2900 family (1975)
was its first in-house processor and by
far its most important early innovation. We will now look at both of these
chips and their significance.
The Am2501
The Am2501 (Figs.4 & 5), was
AMD’s first in-house designed product. It was a reflection of the company’s capabilities and strategic thinking
in its earliest days.
As a medium-scale integration TTL
4-bit binary up-only counter, it was a
relatively straightforward but practical
logic device that reflected AMD’s core
strengths at the time, such as its bipolar process technology and the company’s focus on reliability and quality.
Rather than attempting a highly
complex chip as its first original
design, AMD chose a useful, mid-
complexity device that allowed it to
prove its design and manufacturing
abilities while minimising risk.
Engineering schematics are not
available, but it is estimated to have
had around 150-250 transistors. Putting that into perspective, just one year
later the world’s first microprocessor,
the Intel 4004, had 2300 transistors,
and today’s AMD processors have 8-30
billion transistors.
The Am2501 also aligned with
AMD’s early emphasis on serving military and industrial customers, markets
that demanded high-reliability parts
siliconchip.com.au
and were willing to pay a premium for
better quality and consistency. It was
designed to meet rigorous US Military
Standard, MIL-STD-883.
Its commercial success helped validate AMD’s and Sanders’ strategy
of competing on quality and customer service rather than cutting-edge
complexity. It, along with the second in-house designed product, the
Am2505, helped propel AMD’s annual
sales to US$4.6 million by the end of
1971.
The Am2900
The Am2900 family of chips represented a big leap forward for AMD,
moving from designing relatively
simple logic chips like counters and
multipliers to creating an advanced,
flexible microprocessor system that
customers could use to build custom
high-performance multi-chip CPUs.
The AM2900 series 4-bit bipolar bitslice microprocessor family, released
in 1975, marked the transition of AMD
from mostly second-sourcing to being
a force in complex, original microprocessor products.
The Am2900 family was generally
considered better-performing than
competing solutions when it was introduced in 1975. It had a higher speed,
since the Am2901 (the core 4-bit ALU
slice – see Fig.7) was faster than Intel’s
own 3000-series bit-slice chips. AMD’s
bipolar process technology gave it
excellent speed for the era.
Table 2: AMD’s first in-house chip designs
Rank
Year(s)
Product(s)
Type
Status
First
1970
Am2501
4-bit synchronous uponly binary counter
First in-house
designed product
Second
1971
Am2505
4-bit by 2-bit two’scomplement digital
multiplier
Second in-house
design; fastest
digital multiplier
on the market
...
1971-74
Various
Smaller logic and
memory chips
More in-house
designs
Major
milestone
1975
Am2900
family
Bit-slice
microprocessor
architecture
First major
complex original
architecture
It also offered a very flexible, microprogrammable architecture. Designers
could easily create high-performance
custom CPUs of any bit width (8, 16,
32, 64 bits etc), which was very attractive for minicomputer makers, graphics systems and military applications,
where cost was not such a major concern.
In addition, it had superior instruction throughput; systems built with
the Am2900 family often achieved
significantly higher performance
than systems based on the Intel 8080
or 8085.
The Am2900 was an excellent
choice for high-end applications, and
because of its speed and flexibility, the
Am2900 became very popular in highend minicomputers, disk controllers,
graphics processors and military and
aerospace systems.
Fig.7: a die
photo of the
Am2901 with
the metal layers
included. Source:
www.righto.
com/2020/04/
inside-am2901amds-1970s-bitslice.html
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
Some examples of its use included
the Atari arcade video games Tempest and Battlezone (which used four
Am2901s for vector calculations), the
Xerox Star Workstation, which featured an early GUI (graphical user
interface) and a mouse, and the Chyron IV character generator used in
television broadcasting, which was
released in 1977.
While the Intel 8080 (and AMD’s
own Am9080 clone) was a good
general-purpose 8-bit microprocessor,
the Am2900 was aimed at a higher performance tier. It was not a direct competitor to the 8080 because it was in
a different class (bit-slice), designed
for customers who needed more speed
and customisation than a standard
microprocessor could offer.
The Am2900 family was widely
regarded as one of the best-performing
bit-slice solutions available in the midto-late 1970s, giving AMD its first real
reputation as a company that could
deliver high-performance, original
designs.
The Am2900 family reflected AMD’s
strengths at the time. Having built
its early reputation on high-
quality
bipolar manufacturing and logic
design (as demonstrated by chips
like the Am2501 and Am2505), AMD
expanded these capabilities to create
a modular, high-performance bit-slice
microprocessor architecture.
With its bipolar process technology,
AMD could deliver superior speed
compared to competing MOS-based
solutions. This leveraged AMD’s manufacturing expertise in high-speed
bipolar logic and its increasing abilities in designing modular building-
block chips. The Am2900 family thus
represented AMD’s successful transition from a mostly second-source supplier to an innovative designer.
November 2026 17
The Intel agreement
As noted in Table 1, the Am9080
(Figs.8 & 9) was released in 1975.
While based on the Intel 8080, it
was an unauthorised, unlicensed
reverse-engineered product.
As was common in the industry at
the time, AMD decapped an Intel processor, photographed the die layers
and analysed its circuitry. AMD’s engineers then created their own masks
and layout to manufacture a chip
that was functionally identical and
pin-compatible with the Intel 8080.
It used the same instruction set and
behaved the same way electrically.
Both the AMD and Intel devices had
4500-6000 transistors (depending on
how they are counted).
The performance of the Am9080 was
equivalent to the Intel 8080, but many
customers preferred the Am9080 over
the Intel 8080 specifically because of
AMD’s better quality control and customer support.
Jerry Sanders often highlighted the
point that AMD didn’t try to beat Intel
on speed with the Am9080; they beat
them on quality and service. It should
be noted, however, that AMD’s proprietary N-channel MOS manufacturing
process allowed them to produce faster
variants than Intel, with a maximum
clock speed of 4MHz compared to
Intel’s maximum speed of 3.125MHz.
In 1976, they reached a formal
second-
source licensing agreement
with Intel that legalised its production
of the 8080 family, including support
chips. This cleared any possible past
intellectual property infringement
issues (but others were to come later).
This 1976 agreement was a major
milestone for the company, as it gave
them credibility and access to important markets, especially military &
industrial, that often required approved
second sources. AMD paid Intel an initial fee of US$25,000 plus US$75,000
per year in royalties for the license.
The Am2900 and Am9080
You may have noticed that both the
Am2900 and Am9080 were released
to market at the same time, in 1975,
the Am2900 being AMD’s own design
and the Am9080 based on Intel’s 8080.
This marked AMD’s ‘dual entry’ into
the microprocessor market. There was
no functional overlap, as the two products served different purposes.
The Am9080 was suitable for
mass-market microcomputing and
early PCs (like some S100 bus systems),
industrial controllers and hobbyists,
where its low cost and monolithic
design were prioritised over speed.
The Am2900 was for high-end enterprise systems, like the minicomputer
and mainframe markets supplied by
Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC)
and Data General. They required customised word lengths and high speeds
for scientific applications and graphics
terminals, with little regard to cost or
the complexity of building a modular
processor from multiple chips.
To give an idea of prices, the
Am9080 cost about US$0.50 per chip
to manufacture and sold for US$1020, undercutting Intel, although the
military versions sold for US$700.
It should be noted that AMD did
not focus on the low-cost end of the
Am9080 market because they could
sell them to the military for US$700,
while still only spending US$0.50 per
unit on manufacturing.
The Am2900 cost hundreds of dollars for a full family of chips, including around US$15-30 for individual Am2901 ALUs, making it cost-
prohibitive for ordinary consumers.
Second-source success to
innovation (1978–1985)
The combination of the successful
Intel 8080 licensing agreement in 1976
and the strong market reception of the
Am2900 bit-slice processor family
gave AMD its first taste of prosperity.
By the late 1970s, the company had
grown rapidly, built a solid reputation
for quality, and established itself as a
major player in the military, industrial
and early personal computer markets.
However, this success also created
a strategic dilemma. As the personal
computer revolution accelerated in the
early 1980s, it became clear that the
future of the microprocessor industry would be dominated by general-
purpose CPUs rather than modular
bit-slice designs. AMD’s significant
dependence on second-sourcing and
logic chips left it vulnerable.
The 1982 Intel agreement
In 1982, AMD signed a 10-year technology exchange agreement with Intel
that was heavily driven by IBM, who
wanted a reliable second-source supplier before it would commit to using
the Intel 8086 and 8088 in the IBM PC
(first released August 1981).
Under this agreement, Intel gave
AMD complete blueprints and
microcode to officially manufacture
exact clones of these products. This
arrangement further enhanced AMD’s
recognition as a major silicon manufacturer.
Fig.8: a die photo of the AMD Am9080A microprocessor
(AM9080ADIB). The layout was AMD’s own, as they
reverse-engineered the Intel 8080.
Source: https://w.wiki/RGet
Fig.9: the Am9080
reverse-engineered clone of the
Intel 8080. Source: https://w.wiki/RGf2
18
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.10: the AMD 8086
clone came in a standard
dual-inline package that
was compatible with
Intel’s. Source: https://w.
wiki/Q8N
There is an
obvious timing discrepancy. IBM released the PC before Intel
had a second-source supplier. IBM
started production of the PC on the
basis that Intel had promised to find
a second-source supplier, and the preliminary deal with AMD was agreed
to in October 1981, with a formal contract signed in February 1982.
The agreement provided for Intel
to provide the layouts for the 8086
(Fig.10), 8088, 80186 and 80286 processors. AMD ‘paid’ Intel by developing peripheral chips or other technology of equivalent complexity.
Expiry of the 1976 agreement
postponed
The 1982 agreement mentioned
above did not replace the former 1976
agreement, but added to it. While
the original 1976 cross-
l icensing
agreement with Intel for the 8080/
Am9080 was to expire in 1985, the
new agreement effectively extended
the technology-
sharing arrangement
to December 1995.
The 1982 agreement was effectively a barter system, with no payments or royalties involved; exchanges
were based on technical complexity,
according to a formula such as a point
value assigned to each die based on
die size, transistor count and engineering hours.
To ‘earn’ the blueprints for a new
Intel CPU, AMD had to trade back
alternative chips like memory controllers, networking chips, mathematics coprocessors etc that equalled the
same number of complexity points as
Intel was trading.
Intel backs out
these designs, claiming
they were “substandard” and
not of sufficient value to trade for the
80386. They thus claimed AMD had
no right to manufacture the chip. Intel
did not cancel the contract; they just
dragged things out.
Eventually, AMD realised Intel was
never going to give them the blueprints
for the 80386 and filed for legal arbitration in April 1987. The case dragged
on for nearly five years. During those
years, Intel had a 100% monopoly on
the 80386 market.
This refusal forced AMD into a difficult situation. The company could
no longer rely on easy access to
Intel’s latest designs and now faced
a stark choice. It had to either remain
a successful but secondary supplier
of older-generation parts, or take the
enormous risk of developing its own
competitive x86 processors.
AMD’s leadership, still led by the
flamboyant Jerry Sanders, chose the
more ambitious but high-risk path.
The company began investing heavily in original CPU design talent and
advanced manufacturing processes.
This period marked the beginning of
AMD’s painful but necessary evolution
from a clever second-source company
into a true innovator.
The experience gained during the
Am2900 years, particularly in complex logic design, bipolar process
technology and high-reliability manufacturing provided a strong technical foundation. However, moving
into direct competition with Intel
on general-purpose microprocessors
would require entirely new skills, massive investment and a willingness to
challenge Intel both technically and
legally.
By the mid-1980s, AMD had outgrown its original business model
(second-sourcing). The stage was now
set for one of the most dramatic events
in semiconductor history. That is,
AMD’s attempt to break Intel’s monopoly on the 32-bit 80386 and 80486
architectures.
Breaking Intel’s monopoly
By the mid-1980s, Intel had successfully turned the x86 architecture into
a near-monopoly. With its refusal to
grant AMD a license to produce the
80386 microprocessor, AMD faced a
critical threat.
Undeterred, AMD embarked on one
of the most ambitious and legally risky
projects in its history. It decided to
reverse-engineer the Intel 80386.
The company assembled two separate teams. One team, which had
never seen Intel’s 386 documentation
or microcode, analysed the physical
chip through decapping, microscopic
photography and electrical testing to
create detailed functional specifications. A second, completely isolated
team designed a new chip layout based
solely on those specifications.
This ‘cleanroom’ technique was
designed to avoid any direct copying
of Intel’s copyrighted layout material,
while achieving fully functional compatibility. They did, however, copy the
microcode, the software that controls
the chip. There are some variations of
exactly what happened, but we believe
this is the correct version.
Fig.11: an Am386
processor in a TQFP
package. It was
the first non-Intel
manufactured 80386
processor. Source:
https://w.wiki/RGev
When Intel introduced the innovative 32-bit 80386 in 1985, it realised it
was going to be hugely popular and a
cash cow. They did not want to share
this with AMD. Intel’s plan was to keep
AMD away from the 80386 or subsequent processors.
AMD offered Intel dozens of its
original peripheral chip designs to
pay for the 80386, but Intel rejected
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 19
In 1991, AMD released the Am386,
the first non-Intel 80386 processor
(Fig.11). The chip was pin-compatible
with Intel’s design and available in
both 25MHz and 40MHz versions.
Technically, the Am386 was a great
success. It delivered performance comparable to, and in some cases, slightly
better than Intel’s own 80386 (released
in 1985) due to minor architectural
optimisations and AMD’s manufacturing strengths. More importantly, it was
significantly cheaper and, for the first
time, offered customers a real alternative in the 32-bit x86 market.
Intel immediately sued AMD for
copyright infringement, focusing primarily on the microcode. The resulting legal battle became one of the
most important cases in Silicon Valley history.
In 1992, a US federal jury ruled in
AMD’s favour on the important microcode copyright claim, determining that
AMD had not illegally copied Intel’s
code and that they were allowed to do
it under the 1976 cross-licensing agreement and the 1982 second-sourcing
contract.
The case eventually reached the
US Supreme Court, which declined
to hear Intel’s appeal, effectively
upholding AMD’s victory. This was
an extremely important legal win, as
it established that functional compatibility through clean-room reverse
engineering was legally defensible. It
fundamentally weakened Intel’s ability to maintain control over the x86
architecture through copyright claims.
The curious copyright symbol
One of the most curious details of
the Am386 story was that AMD Am386
processors physically carried an Intel
copyright symbol (“© Intel 85”) etched
onto the silicon die – see Fig.12.
Fig.13: an AMD
80486DX2 die. The
apparently solid or
hatched rectangular are
likely cache memories.
Source: https://w.wiki/
RGez
Fig.14: an early Am486
chip (40MHz version) in
a PGA (pin grid array)
package; a package style
AMD stuck with until
the early 2020s. Source:
https://w.wiki/RGey
AMD incorporated the Intel copyright symbol to acknowledge that it
had used Intel’s microcode (or at least
that the chip was based on elements
of the 80386; once again, there are different versions of the precise details).
All Am386s shipped with this notice.
Reverse-engineering the 80486
After the success and legal victory
surrounding the Am386, AMD moved
aggressively into the 80486 market.
However, this proved far more difficult. The 80486 contained significantly more complex microcode and
integrated features (such as an on-chip
floating-point unit in later versions).
AMD’s first 486-compatible processors, the Am486 series, launched
in 1993 (see Figs.13 & 14). They were
considered respectable but generally
lagged somewhat behind Intel’s products in performance. However, they
gave customers a choice and kept
downward pressure on Intel’s pricing.
AMD made a major agreement with
Compaq to supply the Am486 for the
Fig.12: the “©
Intel 85” notice
in the silicon
of an Am386
processor die.
Source: https://w.
wiki/RGeu
budget Presario home PCs, which
enabled them to undercut the price of
other computers using the Intel 80486.
The ‘386/486 wars’, as the CPU
competition between AMD and
Intel became known, fundamentally
changed AMD’s path. The company
transformed from a respected secondary supplier into a legitimate challenger to Intel’s dominance. More
importantly, these ‘wars’ forced AMD
to invest heavily in engineering talent
and manufacturing capabilities.
The legal and technical experience
gained during this period would prove
essential years later when AMD developed its own in-house designed K5,
K6, K7 and eventually the groundbreaking Zen architecture, which we
will cover in a later part of this series.
In summary, by the mid-1990s,
AMD had proven it could compete
at the highest level of the microprocessor industry, not just by copying
Intel, but by outmanoeuvring and out-
competing them both legally and in
the marketplace.
Thus, the days of being a pure
second-source company were over.
AMD’s next move was to design its
own processors and make the strategic decision to cease being a second-
source supplier.
Next month
In part two of this series next month,
we will pick up where we left off, in
the mid-1990s, after the launch of the
AM486. This was the start of a new era
for AMD – no longer merely content to
clone or license Intel processors, they
started designing their own chips to
SC
compete directly with Intel’s.
20
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Table 3: AMD’s main processor families
Second-source, cloning and reverse engineering era (1969-1995)
1975
Am9080 and Am2900
The Am9080 was a reverse-engineered clone of the Intel 8080, while the
Am2900 was an in-house designed bit-slice processor family.
1982
Am8086
A licensed version of Intel’s 8086 processor.
1984
Am286
A licensed version of Intel’s 80286 processor with higher clock speeds.
1988
Am29000
The first of a family of 32-bit RISC processors used in embedded applications
like laser printers, parts of which were incorporated into the later K5 processor.
1991
Am386
A reverse-engineered 80386 clone that triggered a legal battle with Intel over
microcode copyright. It was popular due to its 40MHz speed, beating Intel’s
33MHz.
1993
Am486
A high-performance reverse-engineered 80486 clone that culminated in a longterm deal with Compaq.
Independent architecture and the GHz race (1996-2003)
1996
AMD K5
AMD’s first independently designed x86 processor. It was a little slower than
Intel’s Pentium overall. It was based on elements of an unreleased version of
the Am29000.
1997
AMD K6
The K6 integrated multimedia instructions (MMX) and drastically drove down
the cost of desktop personal computers.
1999
AMD K7 Athlon
The debut of the Athlon brand with a drastically superior architecture. It
became the fastest x86 processor on the consumer market, significantly
outperforming the Pentium III at the same clock speed.
2000
Athlon 1000
AMD broke the 1GHz barrier before Intel.
Innovation leadership (2003-2007)
2003
Athlon 64 and Opteron (K8)
AMD introduced the x86-64 64-bit system that’s still in use today. It entered the
server market with the Opteron, while the Athlon 64 dominated gaming PCs
with an on-die memory controller.
2005-9
Athlon 64 X2
The first native dual-core x86 processor.
2007
Phenom and Phenom II
(K10)
Native quad-core architectures. AMD also released K10 Opteron budgetfriendly server processors.
Dark Years and the Bulldozer architecture (2008-2016)
2011
Bulldozer and FX Series
The FX series used ‘modules’, sharing resources between integer cores. It
suffered from poor single-threaded efficiency as a result and had high power
consumption.
2011
The first APUs (accelerated
processing units)
AMD introduced the APU under the Fusion project, merging a CPU and a
powerful Radeon graphics die for budget computing.
The Zen Renaissance and the Modern Era (2017-Present)
2017
Zen 1 (Ryzen 1000 series)
Zen 1 introduced simultaneous multi-threading (SMT) to AMD processors and
brought 8-core/16-thread power to consumers on a 14nm process.
2018
Zen+ (Ryzen 2000 series)
A process shrink (12nm) that improved clock speeds, latency and power
efficiency.
2019
Zen 2 (Ryzen 3000 series)
The first consumer CPU using a multi-die chiplet design, vastly lowering
manufacturing costs and exploding core counts on 7nm.
2020
Zen 3 (Ryzen 5000 series)
Unified 8-core complex (CCX) that eliminated internal latency. Introduced 3D
V-Cache variants for unmatched gaming performance.
2022
Zen 4 (Ryzen 7000 series)
Moved to the modern AM5 LGA socket, supporting DDR5, PCIe 5.0, and AVX512 instructions on a 5nm process. Zen 4/4c EPYC server processors with
98/128 cores became available.
2024
Zen 5 (Ryzen 9000 series)
Delivers large instructions-per-cycle (IPC) gains and specialised hardware
execution branches for artificial intelligence on a 4nm process. Zen 5c server
chips have up to 192 cores!
est. 2027 Zen 6 (Next-Gen platform.)
Continues to push chiplet densities on the extended AM5 ecosystem.
Year(s)
Comments
Processor
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 21
FILAMENT YOU NEED,
WHEN YOU NEED IT.
EVERYDAY PRINTS.
EVERYDAY VALUE.
START PRINTING FOR LESS
FROM ONLY
MIX & MATCH
ANY 10 FROM
/ROLL
/ROLL
$
17 95 $1345
.
MORE MATERIALS.
MORE COLOURS.
MORE OPTIONS.
FROM ONLY
$
19 95
/ROLL
.
FOR PRINTS THAT
PUSH HARDER.
SPECIALTY FILAMENTS. MATCHED TO THE JOB.
FROM ONLY
2495
$
.
/ROLL
SEE THE FULL RANGE
OF 3D PRINTING ONLINE
jaycar.com.au 1800 022 888
jaycar.co.nz
0800 452 922
Prices shown in $AUD, and correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
OUTGROWN YOUR
FIRST 3D PRINTER?
FULLY ENCLOSED
PRINT CHAMBER
More stable prints.
Less warping.
SMART MULTI-MATERIAL
WORKFLOW
Less Untangling.
Less Failed Prints.
350°C CARBON-READY
HOTEND
Ready for carbon fibre
and advanced materials.
RFID FILAMENT
RECOGNITION
Faster setup with
automatic filament
detection.
ADVANCED HEPA +
CARBON FILTRATION
Cleaner air and reduced
odours while printing.
$
ONLY
799
TL5104
5" HIGH-RESOLUTION
TOUCHSCREEN
Bigger, clearer and
easier to navigate.
FAST PRINTS. TOUGH MATERIALS. LESS FUSS.
The ELEGOO Centauri Carbon V2 combines speed, strength and smarter
multi-material printing in one enclosed desktop machine. Designed for makers,
engineers and serious hobbyists who want cleaner results with less trial and error.
Explore our great range of 3D Printers, accessories, and consumables, in stock on
our website, or at over 140 stores or 130 resellers across Australia and New Zealand.
jaycar.com.au 1800 022 888 | jaycar.co.nz 0800 452 922
Prices shown in $AUD, and correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
ONE MACHINE.
MORE WAYS TO MAKE.
Meet the LaserVii M1 12W Enclosed Laser Engraver.
Fully enclosed with automatic lid-stop and smoke extraction, it delivers
professional-grade output without the professional-grade risk.
Built to run in your space. Not just a factory floor.
VERSATILE MAKER PLATFORM
305 X 205MM (12" X 8") WORK AREA
FULLY ENCLOSED DESIGN
Create across wood, leather,
acrylic, coated metals and more.
Room for custom pieces, detailed
prototypes and small-batch projects.
Helps contain laser light,
smoke, dust and noise for a
safer, cleaner workspace.
BUILT-IN SMOKE EXTRACTION
FAST, PRECISE MOTION
Helps draw smoke and
fumes away from the
work area for a cleaner
workspace.
The CoreXY system combines
accurate positioning with
speeds up to 36,000 mm/min.
Exhaust pipe included.
BUILT-IN SAFETY FEATURES
$
Emergency stop, key lock
and lid-open auto-pause
help keep every project
under control.
ONLY
995
TL9100
ONE MACHINE. COUNTLESS WAYS TO CREATE.
MAKE CUSTOM SIGNS
CREATE WOODEN DÉCOR
DESIGN UNIQUE PACKAGING
CREATE LEATHER GOODS
BUILD DETAILED MODELS
Explore our great range of Maker hardware,
in stock on our website, or at over 140 stores or
130 resellers across Australia and New Zealand.
jaycar.com.au
1800 022 888
jaycar.co.nz
0800 452 922
CRAFT INTRICATE DESIGNS
SEE IN-STORE OR ONLINE
FOR OUR EXTENSIVE RANGE OF
LASER CUTTER ACCESSORIES
AT GREAT VALUE
Prices shown in $AUD, and correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
CARVE OUT
MORE POSSIBILITIES.
Meet the Two Trees TTC450 Pro CNC Router, built for cutting, carving
and engraving everything from custom signs to precision parts.
MULTI-MATERIAL
CAPABILITY
Cut and engrave wood, plastics,
acrylic and selected metals.
EXPANDABLE & ADAPTABLE
Add optional spindles,
rotary machining and
dust extraction.
3.5" IPS CAPACITIVE
TOUCH COLOUR SCREEN
Intuitive touchscreen
control makes setup
and operation simple.
800MM/MIN
ENGRAVING SPEED
8,000 RPM spindle.
ONLY
1199
460 X 460 X 80MM
ENGRAVING AREA
$
Generous working space for larger
projects and detailed designs.
TL9000
GROWS WITH
YOUR PROJECTS
CNC
VACUUM
UPGRADE
Capture dust and debris at the
source with powerful automatic
extraction.
TL9001 $269
800W 30,000 RPM
WOOD ROUTER
500W 12,000 RPM
SPINDLE UPGRADE
4TH AXIS
CNC MODULE KIT
For faster, cleaner cuts and
smoother finishes across timber,
plastics and more
002202* $349
For stable, precise cutting
across wood, plastics &
light metals.
002200* $349
Add true 4-axis capability to your
CNC for precise engraving and shaping of
cylindrical, curved and complex workpieces.
002201^ $349
Available to order online only
*
*
Available to order online only
Available by special order. Call your local store
or speak to a team member in-store.
^
Explore our great range of Maker hardware,
in stock on our website, or at over 140 stores or
130 resellers across Australia and New Zealand.
jaycar.com.au
1800 022 888
jaycar.co.nz
0800 452 922
SEE IN-STORE OR ONLINE
FOR OUR EXTENSIVE RANGE OF
CNC ROUTER ACCESSORIES AT
GREAT VALUE
Prices shown in $AUD, and correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
26
Silicon Chip
R
l
e
ix
E
L
B
G
Ne o
P
G
iven the popularity of my RGB
LED ‘Analog’ clock design, and
with some possible upgrades
in mind, I felt a follow-up was
worthwhile. While this new whitefaced clock doesn’t necessarily make
the previous black one obsolete, it has
some nice new features.
I explained in the earlier article (May
2025; siliconchip.au/Article/18126)
that I used standard RGB LEDs rather
than addressable WS2812B ‘NeoPixel’
LEDs as they’re cheaper and easier to
solder. I have since discovered cheaper
ways to get these parts while designing the RGB LED Star (December 2025;
siliconchip.au/Article/19372). That
project used pre-soldered SMD LEDs,
so we’re using them again.
That means the Clock kit comes
almost fully assembled. You just need
to add a few bits like the Raspberry
Pi Pico W that controls it, and away
you go!
You can see a video of the new Clock
starting up and showing the time using
Wi-Fi/NTP at siliconchip.au/Video/
NewRGBClock
Using addressable LEDs means
that we can have some more interesting effects on this clock. The previous one was limited to lighting four
or five LEDs at a time as it used multiplexing; any more and they would
become too dim. This one doesn’t
have such a restriction. So, for example, the optional ‘sub-second’ chaser
that runs around the face each second
can have a trail.
Having onboard Wi-Fi gives built-in
support for network (NTP) time, meaning it will work and remain accurate
anywhere you can get an internet connection. It also means you can fully
control and configure the Clock from
a computer, tablet or smartphone.
That’s far more convenient than fiddling around with buttons.
There’s also a lot of status and
debugging information available over
that interface, which opens in a normal web browser.
You connect the Clock to a Wi-Fi
network by powering it up, connecting
to the hotspot it creates, then choosing
your network and entering the password. As soon as it’s connected, it will
try to get NTP time, and it should display an accurate time almost immediately. You just need to set your time
zone if you aren’t in NSW, Victoria,
Tasmania or the ACT to get the correct
local time year-round.
Our last
RGB LED
‘Analog’
clock was
popular.
This one
brings some
style changes and
updated features.
It uses addressable
RGB LEDs, with built-in
Wi-Fi and NTP support, so
you don’t need to add anything
for timekeeping. It can also use a
GNSS/GPS module as a time source.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
ED ‘Ana
Par
t
1b
yN
ic
V
las
l
ho
C
l og
’
i ne
n
ock
If you connect a GNSS/GPS module, you can choose whether the clock
uses NTP or GNSS as the primary time
source. It can fall back to the other
source if the signal is poor or unavailable. If using a GNSS module as the
primary time source, it can operate in
Wi-Fi access point mode, so you can
still configure and control it using a
wireless device even if no Wi-Fi access
point is available.
Since the LEDs are fully addressable, you have more choices of colours.
The previous clock let you use red,
green or blue for the hour, minute
and second hands. This one lets you
choose any available RGB colour and
brightness for any hand, plus the
sub-second trail (if enabled) and the
AM/PM LEDs, which can be disabled
if you don’t want them.
You can easily adjust the brightness
remotely, or activate/deactivate and
configure automatic brightness using
the onboard LDR light sensor.
The clock can be powered from a
regular USB 5V supply or via a higher-
voltage DC supply, up to 15V, using an
efficient onboard regulator.
The firmware we supply should do
all this and more, but if a bug is discovered, a future update is released, or
you want to try changing some of its
features, the firmware can be updated
remotely, over Wi-Fi.
Still, for the most part, once the
clock is set up, you can just hang it
on your wall, power it up and leave
it. It’ll keep the time accurate and correct year-round.
Circuit details
As you can see from Fig.1, there isn’t
a great deal to the circuit, as most of the
complexity is in the Pico W software.
The 60 WS2812B addressable RGB
LEDs are partially shown at lower
left. They are connected in series,
and the Pico W feeds them data in
a daisy-chain serial fashion from
its pin 6 (GP4) digital output via a
330W resistor. That resistor dampens
any inductive spikes from the tracks
between the Pico and LEDs, so LED1
isn’t damaged.
There are numerous 5V supply
bypass capacitors spread around the
board: 22 × 100nF ceramic, 8 × 22μF
ceramic and 4 × 220μF solid tantalum. These ensure that the WS2812B
supplies remain steady even if many
of them are switching on/off at the
same time.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 27
they sit at +3.3V when the corresponding button is not pressed or 0V when
it is. The Pico W just has to read the
digital input state and perform some
software debouncing to sense when a
button is pressed.
The optional GNSS module interface is a row of six pads labelled CON2.
A typical GNSS/GPS module will run
from a 5V supply and offer a 3.3V
TTL serial interface, which makes it
suitable for direct connection to the
Pico W pins. A 330W series resistor
on GP13, the serial output, provides
protection in case that pin is accidentally shorted to ground or +5V.
A 10kW pull-up resistor on the serial
input pin, GP12, means that if nothing is connected to CON2, the Pico W
doesn’t receive noise or garbage serial
data. Pin 16 will be clamped below
about 4V due to its internal ESD proWhat this RGB LED
tection diode.
Clock can do:
While a 1PPS connection is proTells the time using 60 addressable RGB LEDs
vided (to digital input GP10), it
and two optional AM/PM LEDs
isn’t used by the firmware. The
White clock face with black writing
software could be changed to
Built-in Wi-Fi time (NTP) support
The AM and PM
use it, but we found it was
Easy-to-build kit available with most components pre-soldered
LEDs (LED61 & LED62)
fine to just wait for a serial
Each ‘hand’ can be configured with its own colour and style
are driven similarly but from
time update from the mod(as can AM/PM LEDs)
different outputs and via
ule before updating the
Optional sub-second hand chaser, which can be customised
their own resistors – output
clock display.
Second hand can be switched off
GP5 for LED61 and GP28
Digital output GP14
Automatic brightness via LDR (can be configured/disabled)
for LED62. That is purely
drives an active-high
Can run from USB 5V or 6-15V DC via an onboard DC/DC converter
to improve the PCB layout;
enable output. This is
GPS/GNSS module can be used as a primary or secondary time source
those two LEDs are close to
simply driven high when
Configurable time zone settings with automatic changeover
the Pico W in the middle,
GNSS time is enabled in
Two configurable buttons for various functions
while LED1-LED60 are around
the configuration, or low
All settings are adjustable over Wi-Fi using a web browser
the circumference of the board.
the rest of the time.
Initial SSID/password setup via a Wi-Fi hotspot generated by
So a track from LED60 to LED61
the Clock
Power supply
would be much longer than one
Over-the-air firmware updates using a web browser
from MOD1 to LED61.
The rest of the circuit is
Wi-Fi status page, full configuration and
The LDR for auto-dimming is conthe optional power
logging/debugging features
nected in series with a 100kW resistor
supply. I write
to form a divider so that the ambient
optional
light brightness is translated to a voltage at pin 31 of the Pico W, which is
an analog input. The Pico W uses its
internal analog-to-digital converter
(ADC) to convert that voltage to a number that can be used to adjust the LED
brightness.
The top of this divider (one end of
the LDR) is fed from pin 35, which is
the ADC voltage reference pin, meaning that supply voltage variations
won’t affect this reading. It becomes a
pure reading of the relative resistance
of the LDR to the fixed 100kW resistor.
Pushbutton switches connect
between digital inputs GP15/GP16
and ground. These inputs are configured with weak pull-up currents, so
28
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the Clock circuit is dominated by the 62 addressable LEDs (only some of which are shown) and the Pico W module,
MOD1. The power supply at the top is optional; it can run from 5V USB power via the Pico W’s onboard socket if desired.
because you can power the whole
clock through a USB cable plugged
into MOD1. That’s what we did during
development, and it worked fine.
Still, if you want to run it from a battery or a plugpack, an efficient switchmode power supply is provided. 6-15V
DC is applied to CON1, and Mosfet Q1
provides reverse polarity protection
as it will only connect the negative
input to GND if the positive input has
a higher voltage.
The incoming supply is filtered and
fed through a ferrite bead (for EMI suppression) to REG1, a switching buck
step-down regulator. Its output is filtered by inductor L1 and some more
capacitors, and a divided version is fed
back to its FB pin to obtain a regulated
+5V at the output. This goes through
another ferrite bead and feeds the +5V
rail if LK1 is shorted.
LK1 is a closely spaced pair of pads
siliconchip.com.au
on the PCB, so you just need to short
them if you want to power the circuit
through REG1. This has the advantage
that you can check REG1 is working
before applying power to the 62 LEDs.
That way, if something is wrong and
the output voltage is too high, you
won’t cook them!
The Pico W is powered by +5V at its
pin 39 VSYS input. It internally regulates this down to 3.3V to power the
microcontroller, flash memory chip
and other onboard parts.
Construction
The Clock is built on a double-sided
white PCB coded 19101252 that’s circular and close to 200mm in diameter.
Our kit includes a mostly assembled circuit board plus the remaining
parts. We have done it this way partly
to make it easier for constructors, but
also because the cost of doing it this
Australia's electronics magazine
way is not much higher than simply
providing all the parts.
Fig.2 shows the front-side overlay.
The parts mounted on this side are
62 WS2812B LEDs, two small tactile
pushbuttons and a through-hole LDR
(light-dependent resistor). Everything
else is on the back. The only part you’ll
need to fit on this side is the LDR, but
don’t do that yet.
Fig.3 is the back overlay. All the
capacitors and resistors will already be
populated, along with some of the semiconductors. The only parts you need
to add are MOD1, REG1 and CON1 (if
you’re using them) plus the optional
GNSS/GPS module. If using that module, it can be stuck on the back with
double-sided tape (antenna facing out)
and its cable ends soldered to CON2.
There are also pads to solder a few
stiff pieces of wire so it can hang on
a wall without the electronic parts
November 2026 29
touching the wall, if that’s how you
want to display it.
Setting up the Pico W
Before you start soldering the components, there are a few things to do.
One is to program the Pico W. That is
easy as long as you have a computer
and a USB cable with a micro Type-B
plug at one end. Download the firmware from siliconchip.au/Shop/6/3662
and extract the UF2 file from the ZIP.
Uploading the firmware is basically
the same procedure as copying a file
to a USB flash drive. Plug the Pico W
into your computer and its ‘flash drive’
should appear, named “RPI-RP2”.
Copy the UF2 file you extracted earlier onto that drive, and after a few
seconds, it will disappear. A little later,
the LED on the Pico W should start
flashing at about 0.5Hz. That means
the firmware was loaded correctly.
If the ‘drive’ doesn’t appear when
you plug the Pico W into your computer, unplug it and hold down the
white BOOTSEL button while plugging it back in.
Once the firmware is loaded, it’s a
good idea to get it connected to your
Wi-Fi network. That way you know
the Wi-Fi is working before you solder
it. If you plan to use a GNSS module
only for time then you don’t need to
connect it to your network, but you
may want to do that anyway to make
changing settings easier.
The alternative is to let it create its
Fig.2: there are 62 LEDs on the front of
the board, two buttons, the LDR
and printed labels. The
copper is covered with
a white solder mask
to match the
white LED
bodies.
30
Silicon Chip
own Wi-Fi network that you can join
only when you want to configure or
communicate with it. In that case, it
would be a good idea to at least check
that you can connect to it before soldering.
Using a computer, smartphone or
tablet with Wi-Fi, search for the network named “RGBClock”. By default,
there is no security, so you should be
able to connect to it without entering
a password. Open up a web browser
and go to http://sc-rgb-clock.local –
you should see a screen similar to that
shown in Screen 1.
If that doesn’t work, try http://
192.168.4.1 (sometimes the name resolution can be slow or unreliable but
it should work eventually).
Note that the package orientation
marking for the WS2812B LEDs
is located on pin 3, rather
than pin 1
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
If you’ve gotten this far, the Pico W
and its firmware are definitely working, and if you don’t plan to connect
the Pico W to your Wi-Fi network
(meaning you can’t use NTP mode),
you can unplug it now and finish
assembly.
Assuming you do want to use NTP
mode, or at least have the convenience
of accessing it through your network,
you might as well set it up now.
If you know the SSID and password
for your Wi-Fi network, enter them in
the fields at the top of the web page that
you’ve opened. You can also change
the hostname (the name you use to
access the Clock) if you want. Change
the network mode to “Connect to network”, then click Reconnect.
If you don’t know the network SSID,
instead click on the “Scan for networks” button in the Wi-Fi section. A
new window should open, and after a
few seconds, it will be populated with
networks. Click on the one you want
to connect to. This will fill in the SSID
field and take you to the password
field, where you enter your network
password, then click Reconnect.
You can connect your computer
back to your normal Wi-Fi network
and access the Clock’s page via http://
sc-rgb-clock.local
Now that you know the Wi-Fi settings are now correct, scroll down to
the bottom of that page and click the
Save button to save these new settings
to flash. You can make more changes
later. You are now ready to unplug the
Pico W and finish assembly.
Mounting the Pico W
The Pico W can be surface-mounted
onto the back of the clock PCB to make
the clock as thin as possible. However,
it’s unlikely you will be able to plug
a USB cable into its socket if you do
that. So if you are planning to power
it from a USB cable, or want to debug
it or upload new firmware via USB,
you will need to mount it on some
headers.
Having said that, you can power it
from a USB supply via CON1 if you
need to, and it’s possible to update
the firmware over Wi-Fi, so you can
certainly use the clock with the USB
Fig.3: on this side of the board, we have all
the bypass capacitors for the LEDs, the
Pico W control module, power
supply and ancillaries.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 31
Screen 1:
the RGB
Clock can be
controlled
over Wi-Fi.
Initially when
connecting to
it via http://
sc-rgb-clock.
local you
should see
this screen.
The Clock
can also be
configured
using USB,
as described
in the panel
overleaf.
32
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
socket inaccessible. In that case, you
will need to fit the REG1 chip later, or
link it out if you’re going to run the
clock from a source of regulated 5V
DC (more on that later).
Low-profile headers are tall enough
to let a USB cable plug into the Pico
W without making the clock assembly
too deep, although you can use standard headers if you want. We supply
low-profile headers in the kit, so you
might as well use them.
Start by soldering them to the Pico
W module, inserted from the underside with the shorter ends of the pins
sticking out the top. You can use
a breadboard as a jig to keep them
straight while soldering. Make sure
you don’t fit them wonky or you might
have trouble soldering the resulting
assembly to the Clock board later.
To save time, you don’t have to
solder all 40 pins. We’ve marked all
the pins that are actually used with
triangles on the PCB silkscreen (also
visible in Fig.3). You can refer to that
and just solder the pins that are used.
Those marked with “G” are ground
pins, and theoretically you don’t need
to solder all of those (but at least one
or two). Still, you might as well do
them all.
Once you’ve finished that, add a little flux paste on each Pico W pad on
the back of the PCB that you plan to
solder, then rest the Pico W in place.
Make sure it’s centred properly, then
feed in some solder to a convenient
pad from the side and melt it with the
tip of your iron. Make sure it’s flowed
onto both the PCB pad and pin, so
that the module is no longer easy to
move around.
Check that the others are wellaligned, then solder one of the opposite pins. Proceed to solder the remainder. The module should be rigidly
held in place once you’ve finished,
despite only about a third of the pins
being soldered. See the photo opposite for an idea of how it should look
when finished.
Testing
The Clock isn’t finished yet, but it’s
close enough to be able to test at this
stage. Plug it into USB and you should
see a green swirling pattern indicating
that it has created a Wi-Fi access point
but it can’t show the time yet.
If you’ve already set up the Wi-Fi
network, it should instead go to a
red swirling pattern, then after about
siliconchip.com.au
10-15 seconds, if it has successfully
connected to your Wi-Fi network, it
will change to mauve/purple. A few
seconds later, the time display should
come up.
The LEDs should all work immediately. If you aren’t sure or want to
check them, there are two buttons near
the bottom of the web interface to test
the LEDs. The first, “Test all LEDs”,
lights them up white one at a time,
starting with 12 o’clock and working
its way clockwise around the clock
face, then the AM/PM LEDs. It returns
to the normal clock mode after that.
The second, “Test colours”, lights
up all LEDs red for 10s, then green for
10s, then blue for 10s, then returns to
the normal clock mode.
The time zone settings default to
NSW/ACT/Vic/Tas, so if you’re elsewhere, the time may not be correct.
You can access the setting page now,
scroll down and change the time zone
settings now, and the time should
then be correct. Remember to save the
changes when you’re happy.
Remaining components
Insert the LDR, pushing it in as far
as you can while keeping it neat and
centred. You’ll have to crank the leads
a little; small pliers are helpful for that.
Solder and trim the leads. If you don’t
want to use the LDR, you can leave
it off and simply disable automatic
brightness control on the web page.
If you’re going to feed in power via
CON1, fit REG1 now, ensuring it is
orientated as shown in Fig.3. Soldering it is a little tricky due to nearby
components. We suggest adding flux
paste to its pads before placing it, tack
one pin, then once you’re happy with
its alignment, add more flux paste on
top. That will make bridges less likely.
Clean the tip of your soldering iron,
add a little solder and touch the tip
to one pin, making sure to also touch
the PCB pad so the solder flows onto
both. Repeat until all pins are soldered. You’ll need to come in at a
fairly steep angle to avoid D1 and the
nearby capacitors.
Inspect it with a magnifier. If you
aren’t happy with any of the joints,
or think the pins may be bridged, add
more flux paste and use some solder
wick coming in from above the chip
to clean up the joints. Press your
iron down onto the braid over the
pins for a few seconds, then remove
it. You should be rewarded with
siliconchip.com.au
v
Parts List – Neopixel RGB LED ‘Analog’ Clock
1 Main PCB assembly (see below)
1 2-way right-angle header (CON1; optional)
1 GL5528 LDR (LDR1)
1 Pico W microcontroller module programmed with 1910125A.uf2 (MOD1)
2 20-pin low-profile header strips, 2.54mm pitch (for mounting MOD1)
1 AP5002 low-dropout buck regulator, SOIC-8 (REG1; optional)
1 200mm length of 0.7mm diameter tinned copper wire
Main PCB assembly
1 double-sided PCB coded 19101252, 200 × 200mm (circular)
with white solder mask
2 2A SMD ferrite beads, M3216/1206-size (FB1, FB2)
1 33μH 2.7A 12×12mm SMD inductor (L1)
2 6×3mm two-pin white SMD tactile pushbutton switches (S1, S2)
Semiconductors
62 WS2812B addressable LEDs (LED1-LED62)
1 AO3400A 30V 5.8A N-channel Mosfet, SOT-23 (Q1)
1 BZX84C5V6 5.6V ±1% ¼W SMD zener diode, SOT-23 (ZD1)
1 BZG05C-5V6 40W peak zener diode, DO-214AC (ZD2)
1 SS34 40V 3A SMD schottky diode, DO-214AC (D1)
Capacitors (all SMD M2012/0805-size MLCC unless noted)
1 220μF 25V SMD electrolytic, 8mm diameter
4 220μF 6.3V solid tantalum, SMB case
11 22μF 16V X5R M3216/1206 size
24 100nF 50V X7R
1 4.7nF 50V X7R
1 1nF 50V X7R
Resistors (all SMD M2012/0805-size ±1% ⅛W)
2 100kW
1 10kW
1 6.8kW
1 1.3kW
1 1kW
4 330W
Kit (SC7752, $85 + P&P): includes everything in the parts list, with the PCB already
mostly assembled. GNSS modules are available separately: BZ-121 (miniature, 10Hz,
$30) or VK2828U7G5LF (small, 1Hz, $25).
When mounting the Pico W, we recommend using some headers so that it
sits slightly above the PCB. If you want to mount it flush with the PCB, a USB
connection might still be possible using a low-profile right-angle USB cable.
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 33
clean-
looking solder joints on that
side. Repeat if necessary.
If feeding a regulated 5V supply to
CON1, you can fit REG1 or use a short
piece of wire to join the bottom two
pads (4 & 5) to bypass it.
You can fit a right-angle header for
CON1 (plain or polarised/locking), or
just solder wires there. You may want
to avoid anything sticking through the
front of the clock, or if it does project out the front, simply snip it flush
with the face or the board while being
careful not to damage the solder mask.
Now apply 5-15V DC to CON1, paying attention to the polarity, and use
a DMM to measure the voltage across
ZD2. It should be close to +5V (say
4.75-5.25V) with the red probe on its
cathode (striped end). If you get 0V
or something else, or ZD2 is getting
hot, REG1 may not be soldered properly, or your supply may be connected
backwards. Switch off and check both.
If you measure close to +5V, switch
off and bridge LK1 with a solder blob,
then reapply power and the clock
should start up.
Fitting a GNSS module
If you want to use a GNSS/GPS module, you can connect and test it now.
Find a good position for it on the back
of the clock board, where the cable
ends reach CON2 easily, and stick it
in place with double-sided tape. Keep
the antenna on the side away from the
PCB. The copper planes on the PCB
will reduce its sensitivity somewhat,
but you can move it later if necessary.
Depending on where you’re placing
the clock, you may need a GNSS module with an external antenna connector
Table 1 – common GNSS
module connections
CON2 BZ-121 VK2828
Neo-7M
EN
×
Yellow
×
0V
Black
Black
GND
RX
White
Green
RXD
TX
Yellow
Blue
TXD
+5
Red
Red
VCC
PPS
×
White
PPS
to get a good signal (eg, a NEO-7M).
Table 1 shows how to solder the
wires for the three modules we sell.
Others will be similar, but you’ll have
to refer to the data sheet to figure it out.
Only the 0V, 5V and TX connections
are strictly necessary, although if your
module has an enable pin and won’t
run if it’s floating, you will need to connect that somewhere too. The EN pad
is suitable as long as it’s active-high.
Note that the TX and RX labels are
from the point of view of the module
and should match those functions on
it (ie, the TX pin is what the Pico W
uses to receive data and the RX pin is
where it would transmit data).
With the module wired up, power
the Clock back up and switch the time
source to GNSS in the user interface. If
the module has an onboard LED (most
do), you should see it light up. Once
the Clock has connected to Wi-Fi, you
should be able to access its page and
see the GNSS status at upper-right.
If it reads “no data”, that could mean
the baud rate is wrong. The default
is 115200, which suits the BZ-121. If
your module needs a different baud
rate (such as the VK2828, which
defaults to 9600), enter it in the box. If
you see the status change to “Receiving, no fix…” that means it’s correct
now, so save the change.
It can take upwards of 30 minutes for
a module to get a lock on first poweron and that’s assuming there’s a good
signal level, so you may have to wait a
while before you see the status change
to “Valid fix” or “Valid time”. Either
should be fine for running the clock.
If this isn’t working, there may be a
wiring error. You can click the “GNSS
Debug Window” button to open a window that should show the data coming
from the module. If you aren’t seeing
anything, or it’s garbage, and you’re
sure the baud rate is correct, that could
mean a wiring error. Unplug the Clock
and check the wiring and that the module’s plug is inserted properly.
Coming up next
We decided to provide as much
information in this article as possible to explain how the Clock works
and allow you to get it up and running. However, we haven’t yet fully
described how all the settings work,
nor have we given any details on the
firmware development and internal
operation.
The firmware is quite complex and
could be useful as a starting point for
another Wi-Fi based project using a
Pico W or Pico 2 W. So if you’re interested in that, we’ll have more details in
a follow-up article next month, along
with the full usage instructions.
In the meantime, if you’re curious
about the firmware, the full source
code is also available in the download
SC
package we linked to earlier.
Configuring the clock via USB instead
While the Wi-Fi & HTTP method (via a web browser) is the intended way to set
up the clock, as it’s easier for most people, it’s also possible to set it up using
a terminal program via its USB serial port. All the same settings are available
that way.
If you want to do this, plug it into your computer and check that a USB serial
port is created. Connect to that using a program like PuTTY or Tera Term Pro
(the baud rate isn’t important). Type “help” and press enter (a LF or \n character is expected after command). You should get a list of possible commands.
Some relevant commands are:
● show settings – prints all the current settings to the terminal
● set x=y – change x to the setting you want to change (as per “show settings”) and y to the new value (true/false for boolean settings, a number
for numeric; text otherwise)
● save settings – saves changes to flash
● wifi connect – connect to the network as configured via the SSID and
password (will reconnect with the current settings if already connected)
● reboot
If you’re not using a GNSS/GPS module
(pictured above) as a time source, you
can setup the clock via USB.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
34
Silicon Chip
Sale ends November 30th
Build It Yourself Electronics Centre®
Y
A
D
I
R
F
K
C
BLA
DEALS
C 5162
ALL NOVEMBER!
Brand name sound
for FAR less $$$!
SAVE $80
199
$
SAVE $50
139
SAVE $30
Three
tools in
one!
C 5161
$
99
$
T 1348
T2580
SAVE 30%
Tool
box mu
st
have!
60
$
Dynalink® Boom Box & Wireless PA Systems
Great sound for tunes anywhere you go with wireless
microphone for PA use. 3-8 hours use per charge.
SAVE $40
100W Blow Torch & Soldering Iron
Amazing new multi-function design! One tip converts
between soldering iron, heat gun and blow torch.
Includes a 11 piece tip kit for a multitude of uses.
X 7019*
Includes vacuum attachment - great for car
dashboards. Super powerful brushless DC
fan. USB rechargeable.
SAVE $100
C 0870A
89
Blast away mess with the
mighty turbo jet fan!
399pr
$
$
T 2126
SAVE 28%
Great gift
idea!
Two Roasts, One App.
Bluetooth dual probe meat thermometer—track
temps, set targets, and get real-time updates right
from your phone.
Magnetic ‘edge to edge’ grille.
Amazing
sound for
less!
50
$
Opus One® 2x30W Wi-Fi Ceiling Speakers
12V Lithium
USB Cordless Driver/Drill
These high performance speakers offer wireless music streaming
by connecting to your home wi-fi for Apple Airplay/casting from
any device. 209mmØ ceiling cutout. 105mm depth.
For light to medium duty drilling and
driving tasks. 4.5nm torque drive,
adjustable clutch .
50 Years Of Building.
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
altronics.com.au
Easy online ordering 24/7!
LIGHTING SAVERS
X 3229
SAVE 35%
SAVE 15%
2 for
$
2 for
$
22
30
X 2388
SAVE 33%
2 for
$
20
SAVE 26%
44
X 2389
Wardrobe Sensor
Light Kit
At just $15 each you can
afford to put these 4xAAA
battery powered sensor
lights in every cupboard!
1m length.
SAVE 25%
SAVE 27%
22
29
$
$
X 2314D 20W
X 2312D 10W
$
X 2386 4W 500 Lumen
X 2387 7W 800 Lumen
Mains Plug-in Floodlights
LED Solar Sensor Lights
Provides low level lighting for
steps, paths and decks. Turns on
automatically at night.
Easy plug in 10W and 20W weather
resistant floods. Great for lighting up the
back yard.
Add instant security to your place with these
weather resistant solar lights! Require no
wiring and are IP54 rated for use outdoors.
35
Powerful
6K Lumen
Torch
Up to
150m light
beam!
SAVE 39%
6W Solar Outdoor Light
This powerful solar light needs no
wiring. Ground spike or wall mount.
Flood/spot modes. 6-7hr run time.
IP67 rated.
Handy 3 in 1 Torch
& USB Battery Bank
X 0214
Can be used as an LED lantern, torch, emergency
light and USB battery bank for keeping devices
charged.
SAVE $19
80
$
SAVE 24%
ONLY
SAVE 10%
2 for
$
50
X 2394
SAVE 23%
15
23
$
5
$
Light up your
work space!
30s on time or
manual on/off.
Easy USB C
recharging.
Also great for
inside
cabinets.
A super
bright USB C
rechargeable
torch designed
to light up
areas up to
150m away!
With multiple
light modes,
anodised casing
and 4000mAh
power bank
function.
X 2385
Wall Mountable
Magnetic
Sensor
Lights
SAVE $9.95
$
66
30
$
Outdoor Solar Lights
X 0213
2 for
$
SAVE 24%
$
X 0204
X 0203
X 0212A
X 0202
SAVE 32%
25
$
LED Task Lighting Head Torch
Makes a great kids torch for camping!
Won’t blind you - great for tasks and
reading. Requires 2xAAA batteries.
USB Dual LED Head Torch
Weather resistant, USB rechargeable,
& 120 lumens for JUST $15!
SCAN TO FOLLOW US!
Stay up to date on latest releases,
exclusive specials and news on
our socials.
Aluminium USB Torch
Genlamp® Pro Head Torch
Durable all metal 5 Watt USB rechargeable torch.
A camping essential! 280 lumen
spot + 220 lumen flood beam. USB
C recharging.
Like our service?
Review your store on Google.
Every review helps us serve you better.
ADVENTURE DEALS
N 1117A 200W
SAVE $150
S 8866
N 1114A 100W
SAVE $70
SAVE $200
299 $179
199
$
$
Great picture quality!
Heavy Duty Solar Blankets
Portable solar charging made for life off the beaten track.
Provide portable charging power for your campsite set up. Double stitched
panels, durable webbing straps and metal hanging loops and zippered cable
pocket. 200W version has folding legs which allow the panel to be used
freestanding. Folds up and secures with velcro for a fast getaway! 5m Anderson
cable connection.
Watch on the go with a 12V telly.
Portable power for
any adventure.
Dynalink®
14” Go-Anywhere
Digital TV
Compact unit fitted with
194Wh battery bank &
150W mains inverter. 40W
solar panel (N0040F) to suit
$99.95.
SAVE $70
Bargain for your caravan or camper! 23.6” 1080p screen and HD tuner.
Designed for 12V vehicles, 4WDs, caravans and campers. Easily wall
mountable with VESA mounting points. USB PVR recording in-built.
Perfect for the car or
caravan! Powered off
internal rechargeable
battery, your vehicle
battery or mains
plugpack.
M 8199B
229
$
SAVE $90
199
$
M 8867
SAVE $20
SAVE $40
99
90
$
$
140W USB Car Charger
Provides 140W USB C Power
Delivery (PD3.0/3.1). 2m cable.
M 8196
M 8638
119
A 3615
$
With powerful LED lantern, torch &
emergency dynamo. 83Wh battery is
paired with three USB outputs, including
an 18W USB C PD port to keep your
devices charged anywhere!
5W 80 Channel
UHF Walkie Talkie
Superb build quality for
a great price!
Our new Powerhouse
walkie talkie is great
for recreational and
commercial comms use
with IP67 protection
and charging dock
SAVE $40
SAVE $60
Getaway Generator & Light
S 8864A
Mini Wi-Fi LED Projector
Great for summer movie nights!
Offers excellent LED picture quality
for screens up to 4m (170”) wide! Very
simple to set up with adjustable focus
& projection distance (1-5m). HDMI
input or Wi-Fi screen mirroring.
159
$
X 0664
SAVE $20
75
$
212W Anderson USB Charger
Hooks up to any 50A Andersons style
connection for fast device charging.
NO STRESS 30 DAY RETURNS!
GOT A QUESTION?
Not satisfied or not suitable? No worries! Return it in
original condition within 30 days and get a refund.
Ask us! Email us any time at:
customerservice<at>altronics.com.au
Conditions apply - see website.
UP TO 50% OFF POWER
Dual GPO
Charging Station
SAVE $44.95
130
$
Great for the
workbench!
Two top mount mains
sockets for appliances,
USB charger
(20W PD+2x USB A)
& wireless charger.
HALF PRICE!
M 8195C
29.95 P 8164*
$
200W
total
output!
SAVE $50
229
$
M 8882B
140W USB
PD Charger
Lithium-Ion Vehicle Jump Starter
& Power Bank
Recharge 10 USB
devices at once.
Suits 12V battery vehicles. 24000mAh rated battery
provides up to 2400A peak output when cranking. A 90W
USB PD output is provided for your laptop (use it like a
giant battery bank!). It also has a 600 lumen LED torch!
Ultimate benchtop charging station!
Great for families, class rooms &
business. Massive 200W charge output
across 10 x USB type C’s. Includes two
desk device holders.
Don’t get stuck with a dud battery!
DON’T FORGET THE BATTERIES!
REDUCED!
REDUCED!
9
M 8628B
3xUSB Car Charger
Keep everything charged up
in the car with this handy 7.2A
triple USB charger.
M 8870
SAVE $29
70
$
STOCK UP ON PROCELL® FOR XMAS.
REDUCED!
18
$ .95
Ultra compact GaN
USB power supply
with 3 x USB C and
1 x USB A QC port.
Great for travel!
SAVE 24%
10
9
SAVE 19%
12
$
$
$
$
M 8632A
M 8630A
M 8625A
M 8623C
Ultra small USB charger!
30W USB PD Car Charger
2x USB Car Charger
Huge 30W PD output! QC3.0
plus USB type C power delivery.
36W total output! Dual QC3.0
USB ports.
LAB POWER DEALS...
M 8254
Low Current
Lab Power
Supplies
Amazingly small with 2.4A USB
output from type A ports.
SAVE $54
145
$
Dual USB charger
Standard USB charging and
QC 3.0 charging ports.
M 8310
WAS $499
379
$
Great for servicing,
repair and design
of electronics. Low
noise switchmode
design. 3A or 5A
max.
M 8305 5A
M 8303 3A
SAVE $50
SAVE $50
149
$
$
129
13.8V 20A Bench Power Supply
0-30V 20A Bench Power Supply
A fixed voltage output power supply designed for
powering auto, marine and comms equipment.
Compact low noise switchmode design with 20A max
current. Great for electronics repair and design.
SCAN TO FOLLOW US!
Stay up to date on latest releases,
exclusive specials and news on
our socials.
Like our service?
Review your store on Google.
Every review helps us serve you better.
TOOL UPGRADES
T 2173A
SAVE 30%
32
$
WAS $499
SAVE 28%
399
$
T 2052
Super fast desoldering for quick
repairs or recycling parts
38 Piece Precision
Driver Kit
Soldering & Vacuum Desoldering Station
Great for repairing high tech devices . All in a neat self standing
spring loaded case.
60W soldering iron and 90W vacuum desoldering station. Removes a
16 pin through hole IC in 30 seconds! 160° to 480°C adjustable. Includes
0.2mm soldering tip and three desoldering tips.
T 2125
50
$
Lithium Rotary Tool Set
Drills, cuts, sharpens, cleans, polishes and engraves - affordable do it all rotary tool!
5 speeds (5000 to 25000RPM). USB C
recharge. 42 accessories included.
T 2749
SAVE 26%
Top
value!
59
$
T 2754B
T 2181
T 2306
SAVE 33%
SAVE 25%
33
15
$
2 for $28
Tungsten Carbide
Side Cutters
Stainless Steel
Nippers
High quality stainless
steel nippers for
electronics use.
Tough HRC 72° tungsten
carbide construction for 5
times the life of standard
side cutters. 130mm.
20
$
Stay
sharp
longer!
SAVE 22%
$
SAVE 24%
15
$
T 2351
5 In 1 Plier, Cutter & Crimper
Includes interchangeable pliers, cable
cutters, wire strippers, scissors and
connector crimping pliers.
Premium HSS-R Drill Bit Set
19pcs between 1-10mm for plastic,
wood & metal. Metal storage case.
Soldering Helper Tools
A 6 piece set for cleaning
solder joints, pads &
removing debris.
IRODA® SAVINGS AUSTRALIA’S IRODA DISTRIBUTOR FOR 30 YEARS!
T 2488A
SAVE $45
SAVE $30
$
150
$
T 2631
T2599
SAVE 20%
17
$
129
SAVE 20%
39
$
T 2492
SolderPro 125W Gas Tool Kit
SolderPro 100W Gas Tool Kit
One-click piezo ignition. Blow torch & soldering
iron in one. Includes hot air tip, heat deflector,
additional gas cartridge, solder and sponge.
Great value for enthusiasts and trades.
Includes blow torch, hot knife, soldering tip
and heat deflector. Plus tip sponge & solder!
NO STRESS 30 DAY RETURNS!
Not satisfied or not suitable? No worries! Return it in
original condition within 30 days and get a refund.
Conditions apply - see website.
Iroda Compact Pro-Torch
Iroda® Mini Jet
Blowtorch
Freestanding or handheld use.
Great for brazing, heatshrinking and
more! Up to 1300°C flame.
Produces a powerful jet like
flame with temperature up
to 1300°C!
50 Years Of Building.
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
TEST & MEASURE SALE!
Powerful
Portable
Testing.
Sound
Level dB
Meter
Q 1346
SAVE $100
375
$
Provides quick
and accurate
sound and
noise level
measurement.
Ideal for audio
compliance and
safety. 130dB
maximum,
Advanced
Network
Cable Tester
Capable of measuring
cable length, tracing
cable location, breakage
locating, continuity
testing, PoE and ping
testing. Easy to read 2.8”
screen. Includes carry
case & cabling adaptors.
Value
packed!
50Mhz
oscilloscope
and digital
multimeter.
A powerful tool
for field testing
provides a 2 channel
oscilloscope with
280MSa/s sampling
and 50MHz
bandwidth. Plus
25000 count 10A
multimeter. Easy
USB C recharging.
Q 1264A
SAVE $50
169
$
Q 0102A
SAVE $65
250
$
MULTIMETERS ON SALE!
All-Rounder
Multimeter
Folding Auto
Ranging Multimeter
Provides in depth functionality
for technicians. Folding
design stays put on any
surface while testing,
making it great for
auto electrical work.
The perfect beginner, student
or enthusiast
multimeter. 12
auto ranging test
modes. Includes
test leads.
SAVE 22%
30
$
30 Range
Multi-Function
DMM
Superbly built with
an easy to read 2.8”
reverse backlit screen
and 30 manual ranges
across voltage, current,
resistance, capacitance.
Plus non-contact AC
detector, diode &
transistor test, relative
mode and more!
SAVE 27%
72
$
Q 1129
‘Roadies’
Cable Tester
Tests 13 types of
leads. A real time
saver!
Tests: 3.5mm
jack, 6.35mm
jack, 3/5/7/8 pin
DIN, RCA, 3/5 pin
XLR, 4P Speakon,
Powercon, banana
plugs, RJ45 and
USB. Requires 9V
battery.
SAVE $30
Q 2022A
88
$
Q 1058
75
$
Q 1066A
Non
Contact AC
Probe
Handy
affordable
voltstick is a
great addition
to any tool
box. Find live
wires without
contact. LED
torch in built.
SAVE 24%
Q 2118A
SAVE $20
99
$
SAVE $20
79
Time
saver!
$
X 6017
SAVE 33%
15
$
Q 3002A
SCAN TO FOLLOW US!
Stay up to date on latest releases,
exclusive specials and news on
our socials.
Diagnose Battery Issues FAST!
This handy digital battery analyser
measures cold cranking amperes (CCA),
resistance and battery cell condition. Input
voltage: 8-30V. Max 220Ah.
Powerful OBDII Vehicle Analyser
Do your own vehicle checks and save $$$
chasing car issues! This handy analyser
suits OBDII equipped vehicles (most brands
post 2005).
Like our service?
Review your store on Google.
Every review helps us serve you better.
UP TO 30% OFF
Introducing HiFuture® Passion X
AV GEAR
150
Delivering amazing sound with a touch of luxury - all wrapped in a leather
textured finish with metallic trim. With a 8000mAh battery on board
you can take it anywhere with you or move it outdoors whenever you
entertain. Delivers up to 100W output power with BT5.4.
No amp
required!
SAVE 30%
$
The premium home speaker you can take on the go!
C 5065 Gold
C 5068 Black
C 5060A
Top Value Microlab® Bookshelf Speakers
Great performance at an amazing price point, the Microlab B77BT
offer rich full sound & Bluetooth connectivity. Perfect for gaming,
music and movies.
A beefy 100W party speaker
with Bluetooth 5.4 plus instrument and mic inputs. Great for
small bands, sports clubs and
more! Rugged build quality, RGB
lighting and adjustable karaoke
controls.
SAVE $70
329
SAVE $100
339
$
pr
C 0876A
299
$
Opus One Bluetooth® 6.5” Ceiling Speakers
®
Bluetooth 5.0 with in-built high performance 2x30W RMS amplifier.
The ideal way to add permanent wireless sound to any room in the
house. Low profile modern finish with frameless magnetic grilles.
SAVE 26%
59
$
A 3104
Mini 8K 2 Way
HDMI Switcher
8K <at> 60Hz resolution.
Connects to two AV sources.
Auto/manual signal switching.
Long Range Bluetooth®
Audio Transceiver
Transmit or receive Bluetooth 5.0 audio
across distances up to 80m! Low latency.
Includes 3.5mm, S/PDIF, USB
& RCA cables.
299
$
HiFuture® 100W
Portable Event Speaker
No amp
required!
$
SAVE $60
C 5163
A 2696A
SAVE $90
Internet radio, digital radio & audio streaming in one.
A stylish, easy to use receiver with access to over 26,000 global internet stations, plus DAB+
digital radio, FM frequencies and bluetooth streaming from your devices.
475
$
A 2691B
SAVE $200
SAVE $30
95
$
A 1107A
Boost your wireless
audio range to 80m!
2 x 100W FM Bluetooth Receiver Amp
A stylish 2 x 100W (into 4Ω) FM stereo receiver with bluetooth 5.0 audio streaming. Four
stereo RCA inputs. A-B speaker switch.
NO STRESS 30 DAY RETURNS!
GOT A QUESTION?
Not satisfied or not suitable? No worries! Return it in
original condition within 30 days and get a refund.
Ask us! Email us any time at:
customerservice<at>altronics.com.au
Conditions apply - see website.
INSPECT FOR LESS!
SAVE $30
99
$
X 4200 3 Dioptre
X 4201 5 Dioptre
X 4300B
SAVE $30
The ultimate
workbench lamp.
Let “gadget” be your eyes in
your work space. Identify those
impossible to read miniature
parts without straining your
eyes. 130mm glass with quality
optics. Great for collectors,
model makers, jewellers etc.
89
$
X 4306A
SAVE $54
175
$
Perfect for
schools!
Digital Microscope Camera
Goodbye
eye strain!
Inspect the finest details with this 12MP digital
microscope featuring up to 1200x magnification,
a vibrant 7” HD display, LED lighting, photo/video
recording, and USB PC connectivity.
Portable Digital
Microscope Camera
A compact design with a 4.3” colour screen,
ideal for classrooms, hobbyists, and PCB
inspection. USB connectivity & microSD
card slot.
5 Metre HD
Inspection
Camera
Ideal for extended
inspection needs,
such as in pipes,
drains and conduits.
USB recharging with
built in 4.3” screen
for a clear view.
LED Magnifier
for micro tasks
With over 5000 units sold, our 95mm
illuminated desk magnifier is an absolute bargain at under $60!
Every bit as useful as expensive
brand name versions which sell for
up to $300! An incredible visual aid
for detailed inspection and work on
fine items with full clarity through
the quality glass lens. Tackle complex
miniature tasks with confidence.
$25 OFF THIS MONTH!
50
$
X 4204 3+12 Dioptre
55
$
X 4205 5 Dioptre
“The most useful present
i’ve ever received”
- Mark Edmonds Augusta, WA.
SAVE 24%
S 8742B
90
$
X 0438
SAVE 30%
62
$
Handheld LCD
Magnifier Camera
Completely portable
magnifier camera with
3” display & SD card
recorder.
Get a crisp
close up view
SAVE 33%
30
$
Adjustable 5x-7x
magnifier with LED
backlight. Great for
reading fine print,
maps, examining
parts and more!
SAVE 30%
35
$
X 0432B
T 2555
GIFT
IDEA!
Hands free, head worn
magnifier.
1.5x, 3x, 8.5x,10x magnification with
LED lamp. Requires 2 x AAA batteries.
Sale Ends November 30th 2026
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Or find a local reseller at: altronics.com.au/storelocations/dealers/
Shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
B 0011
© Altronics 2026. E&OE. Prices stated here in are only valid until date shown or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates. *Devices for illustration pursposes only.
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions will be paid for at
standard rates. All submissions should include full name, address & phone number.
A long-delay timer from seconds to months
Long-delay timers based on an RC
circuit (eg, with a 555 timer) require
very high-value, low-leakage electrolytic capacitors and high-value resistors. This results in poor accuracy
because of the inevitable leakage,
capacitor tolerance (often ±20% or
more) and ageing.
Some ICs are available for long-
delay timing, such as the CD4060,
DS1307 and TPL5010. However, they
are still limited to delays up to a few
hours. Using a microcontroller for
long delays provides high accuracy in
a small space, but a custom program
is required.
This design concept is loosely
inspired by the colour codes used
to show resistor values. By adding
resistors to three analog input pins
on a microcontroller, we can specify
a three-digit delay code using just a
few resistors. The delay is calculated
as (10A + B) × 10C, with A, B & C each
being a value between 0 and 9.
Let’s say we want a delay of 1600
seconds (26m 40s). That’s 16 × 102
so we want A = 1, B = 6 & C = 2. In
that case, we select R1a = 1.8kW, R1b
= 10kW and R1c = 2.7kW. The microcontroller measures the three voltages,
converts them to codes based on possible voltage ranges, then calculates and
implements the delay, from 1 second
up to 4,294,967,295s, which is over
136 years!
The circuit is based on a PIC10F322,
chosen as it takes up minimal space.
To conserve power, the PIC spends
most of its time in low-power sleep
mode, waking up periodically to
update a 32-bit countdown variable.
The input-only RA3 pin is used as
a pseudo-output via Q1, a logic-
level N-channel Mosfet, which conducts only when the internal weak
pull-up on RA3 is enabled.
Since the internal ADC module
used to measure voltages is limited
to eight bits of resolution, with a 5V
supply, the measurement step is
5000mV ÷ 256 (28) = 19.5mV. This
is small enough to distinguish the
ten possible values (plus uncertainty ranges from component tolerances etc) shown in Table 1.
The assembly code occupies
only 204 words of flash. So, it
is also suitable for a PIC10F320
Table 1 – resistor values for each code
Code R1x
R2x
Nominal voltage
(5V supply)
0
1kW
10kW
0.455V
1
1.8kW 10kW
0.763V
2
2.7kW 10kW
1.063V
3
3.9kW 10kW
1.403V
4
5.6kW 10kW
1.795V
5
7.5kW 10kW
2.143V
6
10kW
10kW
2.500V
7
13kW
10kW
2.826V
8
18kW
10kW
3.214V
9
24kW
10kW
3.529V
(simply uncomment the line “controller equ 10F320” and comment
the succeeding line). The code has
intentionally been left unoptimised
to ensure it remains easy to understand, particularly for interested readers who wish to port it to a different
microcontroller.
This firmware relies on the internal LFINTOSC oscillator, which
has a factory accuracy of ±25%. To
improve timing accuracy, an external
crystal should be used. However, this
requires a microcontroller with at least
eight pins.
There’s no way to reset the timer; if
you need to reset it, simply switch 5V
power to the whole circuit.
The firmware can be downloaded
from siliconchip.au/Shop/6/3653
Hichem Benabadji,
Oran, Algeria. ($75)
Raspberry Pi Pico W BackPack
The new Raspberry Pi Pico W provides WiFi functionality, adding
to the long list of features. This easy-to-build device includes a
3.5-inch touchscreen LCD and is programmable in BASIC, C or
MicroPython, making it a good general-purpose controller.
This kit comes with everything needed to build a Pico W BackPack module, including
components for the optional microSD card, IR receiver and stereo audio output.
$85 + Postage ∎ Complete Kit (SC6625)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/20/6625
The circuit and assembly instructions were published in the January 2023 issue: siliconchip.au/Article/15616
Using YOLOE to identify a wide range of objects
YOLO (You Only Look Once; https://
docs.ultralytics.com) is a fast way of
identifying objects using a camera and
a neural network. YOLO divides the
image into a grid and uses the grid cells
to detect bounding boxes and object
classes. Each predicted box has a confidence score that combines how sure
the model is and how well the box fits
the object.
Because everything happens in one
pass, YOLO can run in real time, even
on edge devices.
While YOLO is trained to detect
a fixed set of many objects, YOLOE
allows you to select a few specific
objects from a much larger visual
world. YOLO is trained to recognise
many objects but YOLOE focuses only
on the objects you explicitly point
out. YOLO works without prompts,
whereas YOLOE operates by providing
visual prompts that guide the model
toward the desired objects.
YOLOE is pre-trained on a large and
diverse set of visual concepts. Instead
of retraining the model, it analyses
the geometric structure and visual
patterns of the object you provide.
By feeding a small number of example images from different angles, the
model associates those patterns with
a user-assigned object ID (not a name).
From that point onward, whenever
the model encounters a visually similar object, it produces the corresponding ID. This prompt-based identification is the core idea behind YOLOE.
It is now possible to create a model
that can identify a specific object, such
as my MacBook charger, among many
visually similar chargers. In the same
way, a model can be created to detect
people wearing glasses (like myself) or
even a person holding a smartphone
in their hand.
The model becomes lighter and
more focused, as it does not need to
run a full, generic YOLO object detection pipeline. As a result, inference is
significantly faster. It provides about
five updates per second when running
on a Raspberry Pi 5 (8GB).
On a Pi 5, you can install the Python
virtual environment with the following commands:
python3 -m venv venv
source venv/bin/activate
pip install ultralytics
pip install opencv-python-headless
pip install numpy onnx torch
pip install onnxruntime
pip install torchvision
pip install torchaudio
If the object to be detected already
exists within the pre-trained YOLOE
model (for example, yoloe-11s-seg-pf.
pt), we only need to provide a text
prompt to specialise the model for
those objects. This is demonstrated
in “Text-Prompt ONNX Conversion.
py” (download from siliconchip.au/
Shop/6/3624):
from ultralytics import YOLOE
model = YOLOE("yoloe-11s-seg.pt")
names = ["Arduino", "pizza"]
model.set_classes(names,
model.get_text_pe(names))
model.export(format="onnx",
imgsz=320)
An example of YOLOE running and detecting various objects.
44
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
For objects that are not present in
the pretrained YOLOE model, a visual
prompting approach is used. In this
method, the physical appearance of
the object is provided from two or
three different angles and the model
is visually guided to associate those
appearances with an object ID. This
is shown simply in “Image-Prompt
ONNX Conversion.py”:
from ultralytics import YOLOE
from ultralytics.models.yolo.yoloe
import YOLOEVPSegPredictor
import numpy as np
training_data = [
{
"image": "image1.jpg",
"box": [134, 182, 550, 510],
},
{
"image": "image2.jpg",
"box": [158, 51, 346, 312],
}
]
These images can be sourced from
the internet, captured using a mobile
phone, or acquired directly using
Image-Prompt-Capture.py. ImagePrompt-Draw-Box.py can then used
to manually define bounding boxes for
each object in every image. Using the
mouse or trackpad, the user draws a
rectangle tightly around the object in
each reference image.
Next time we run the resulting
script, it will identify these objects
with their ID numbers as set in the
code. Within the inference code, a
simple class mapping can be used
to translate IDs back into human-
readable labels.
The “laptop-codes.zip” download
includes modified code I ran on a Macbook to test YOLOE, as shown in the
screen grabs.
Object detection and recognition
have traditionally been considered the
domain of large datasets, long training
cycles, and high-end GPU hardware.
However, prompt-based vision models
like YOLOE have dramatically lowered this barrier.
One limitation is the inability to
combine text-based and image-based
methods within a single model. Since
they currently rely on different binding mechanisms during model export,
they must be handled separately.
Bera Somnath,
Kolkata, India. ($80)
siliconchip.com.au
Formaldehyde gas monitor
Long-term exposure to formaldehyde, even at low levels, is dangerous. Considered one of the major
indoor air pollutants, it is a colourless, strong-smelling gas. Common
sources include pressed-wood products, paints, glues, wood-burning
appliances etc. While basic portable
formaldehyde detectors are available
starting from about $10, some have
low accuracy, while others are fake.
This simple circuit allows you to
choose the desired formaldehyde sensor according to the required accuracy
and cost. Most of them provide numerical output over a UART or I2C interface, so you need a microcontroller to
use them. This solution uses a readymade, low-cost development board
based on the STM32C011 32-bit Arm
Cortex M0+ microcontroller.
The formaldehyde sensor I used is
the SC11-CH2O, similar to the popular Winsen ZE08-CH2O. Other recommended sensors for DIY portable
detectors are the Sensirion SFA30 and
DFRobot Gravity HCHO.
Measurements are displayed in
real-time through a classic low-power
Nokia 5110 LCD screen using the SPI
protocol with a low memory footprint
via a lightweight C++ software library
(https://github.com/gavinlyonsrepo/
NOKIA5110_TEXT).
Just connect the SC11 sensor UART
to the microcontroller USART1 at
9600 baud 8N1 and the NOKIA5110
to SPI1 using DuPont cables. I used
soft SPI so I could choose the STM32
pins myself (rather than being stuck
with those allocated to the hardware
SPI interface), and a system frequency
of 6MHz for low current consumption.
For the power supply, I used the
STLINK-V2 module to test the prototype and it works fine. Even with the
3.3V for Vcc provided by the STLINK
programmer, the SC11 reacts immediately to alcohol due to cross-sensitivity.
Nevertheless, the SC11 needs a
power supply in the range of 4.2-5.5V
to give useful ppm concentration values. This voltage range is dictated by
the PCB mounted with the bare sensor: it contains a 3.3V LDO voltage
regulator (MicrOne logo, code marking S2YP, in an SOT-23-5 package), a
32-bit GD32E230F4P6 microcontroller and a GS8552 rail-to-rail op amp.
For those who want to avoid microcontrollers, simply connect a 5V analog voltmeter to the analog output pin
of the SC11-CH2O module, and you
are ready to use it as a formaldehyde
detector. You should read about 3.3V
in clean air. The galvanometer needle begins to oscillate more and more
widely when you bring a cotton ball
soaked in alcohol close to it.
The firmware for this project can be
downloaded from siliconchip.com.au/
Shop/6/3641
Mohammed Salim Benabadji,
Oran, Algeria. ($60)
Feeding line level
audio to a mic input
These simple resistive attenuators
are all you need to reduce the level
of line-level (nominally 775mV RMS)
audio signals down to the much lower
levels expected by a microphone input.
Ensure phantom power is off, if the
device supports it. If you need to block
phantom power, add series capacitors
(eg, 63V bipolar electrolytics).
The balanced version simply attenuates both the ‘hot’ (pin 2) and ‘cold’
(pin 3) signals just like the unbalanced
version, relative to the pin 1 signal
ground.
The 56kW upper divider resistors
mean that the load on the signal source
is more than 56kW, which should not
be a problem for any typical line-level
source to drive.
The source impedance seen by
the microphone input is the parallel
combination of the two halves of the
divider, which is a little less than 620W.
That means even significant capacitance at the mic input shouldn’t result
in any noticeable high-frequency rolloff due to the low-pass filter formed
with the source resistance.
John Clarke, Silicon Chip.
Circuit Ideas Wanted
Got an interesting original circuit that
you have cleverly devised? We will
pay good money to feature it in Circuit
Notebook. We can pay you by electronic
funds transfer, credit or direct to your
PayPal account. Or you can use the
funds to purchase anything from the
Silicon Chip Online Store. Email your
circuit and descriptive text to editor<at>
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
November 2026 45
Feature by Andrew Levido
Motor Control
Part 2: Brushless DC Motors
Last month, we examined traditional brushed DC motors that use mechanical
commutation to reverse the direction of current in the armature windings, producing
sustained torque at the shaft. Now we will look at electronically commutated
(brushless) DC motors and permanent-magnet synchronous motors.
B
Fig.1: a BLDC motor operates on the same principle as a conventional
permanent-magnet brushed DC motor, but the windings are fixed to the stator
and the magnets rotate with the rotor.
to rotate, it is the reactive force that
produces the torque.
This time the rotor direction is
anticlockwise, but to sustain this
rotation, we still have to reverse the
direction of current in the winding
as the magnet poles pass the centre
line. In a BLDC motor, we do this electronically, reversing the winding current every time one of the rotor poles
passes a rotor position sensor at the
12 o’clock position, represented by
the black dot.
If we assume that the current directions shown in Fig.1 correspond to
positive current, we should flip the
current to negative when the south
pole passes the position sensor and
back to positive when the north pole
passes it. If we reversed this and
flipped the current negative when the
north pole passes the sensor, and positive when the south pole does so, the
motor would run in reverse.
A single-winding motor like this
is not very practical, as it will have
high torque ripple. Practical BLDCs
therefore use three or more windings,
as shown in Fig.2. Three winding (or
multiples of three) is the most common
configuration; these are often called
three-phase BLDC motors.
The three windings, which I have
coloured red, green and blue, respectively, are connected in a ‘star’ arrangement, with the common terminals of
each winding marked C. The common
connection is not usually brought out
of the motor, so three-phase BLDC
motors generally have three power
terminals.
Because the windings are connected
in a star arrangement, current must
always flow through two of them at
once (for example, in through the U
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
rushless DC motors have everything
in common with their brushed counterparts in terms of the method of
torque production, electromechanical
model and the equations that govern
their operation. As a reminder, I have
included the cross-section of a conventional brushed permanent magnet DC
motor on the left of Fig.1.
A torque is produced by the BIl force
on the rotor windings acting over the
radius of the armature. The force produced by the winding current flowing perpendicularly to the magnetic
field of the permanent magnets is proportional to the rotor current, I, the
field density, B, and the length of the
winding, l.
I have shown this force as blue vectors, plus the equal-but-opposing reaction force vectors in yellow.
The reaction force is a product of
Newton’s third law: when one object
exerts a force on a second object, the
second object exerts an equal and
opposite force on the first. The best
example I can think of is the force the
46
Silicon Chip
floor exerts on the soles of your feet
when you are standing.
The force of gravity is pushing you
down onto the floor, but at the same
time the floor is pushing back with
the same force. If it did not, you’d be
in trouble!
The commutator and brushes ensure
that the motor current – coming out of
the page in the left winding and into
the page in the right winding – reverses
as the windings pass the motor centreline. This way, the pulses of force,
and therefore the torque, are always in
the same direction, producing clockwise rotation.
Brushless DC (BLDC) motor
principles
The brushless DC motor simply
inverts this paradigm, as shown on
the right of Fig.1. The windings are
fixed to the stator and the field magnets are attached to the rotor. When
current flows in the windings, a force
is produced as before, but because the
winding is fixed and the magnet free
Fig.2: if the commutation points are determined by the rotor position, it is a
BLDC motor, but if commutation is externally driven, it is a permanent-magnet
synchronous motor (PMSM).
terminal and out through the V terminal). With three windings, we need
three position sensors set at 120°
angles from each other, again shown
by the black dots.
In some motors, the sensors are
positioned 60° apart and some additional logic is used to decode the rotor
position.
While the rotor is in position A, the
U-phase is connected to the positive
supply and the W-phase is connected
to the negative. The rotor is forced to
move clockwise, and as the centre of
the north pole passes sensor 1, the
U-phase is disconnected and the positive supply is applied to the V-phase.
This state persists while the rotor
moves through the 60° arc shown
in diagram B until the south pole of
the rotor passes sensor 3. Now the
W-phase is disconnected and the
negative supply is connected to the
U-phase for the arc segment shown
in diagram C.
At the end of the C-segment, the
north pole of the rotor passes sensor
2, the V-phase is disconnected and the
W-phase is connected to the positive
supply. This process continues, with
the polarities of the windings changing
every 60°, as shown in the diagram at
the lower right of Fig.2.
Is it really a DC motor?
Before we get into the details of
driving BLDC motors, we need to
address the elephant in the room. One
glance at the drive waveforms in Fig.2
confirms that we are absolutely driving this motor with a three-phase AC
voltage – isn’t this therefore an AC
motor, specifically a permanent magnet synchronous motor (PMSM), not
a DC type?
siliconchip.com.au
The short answer is yes. There is no
significant difference between the two
in terms of the physical arrangement
of the motor. The difference between a
BLDC motor and a PMSM comes from
the way you drive it.
Purists might point to the shape of
the back-EMF, but this difference is
minor. In a motor designed as a BLDC
type, the back-EMF tends to be trapezoidal in shape because the motor is
meant to be driven by a square waves,
while in a PMSM designed for mains
operation, the magnetics are shaped so
that the back-EMF is more-or-less sinusoidal. It is a subtle distinction, and
in practice, it makes little difference.
As an aside, I think the terms DC
motor and AC motor are a bit outdated
and unhelpful. In some respects, all
motors are AC motors – the brushes
and commutator in a conventional
DC motor are converting DC to AC
mechanically.
Permanent magnet
synchronous motors
If you come at the same motor
shown in Fig.2 from the PMSM perspective, you can choose to interpret
the diagrams in another way. If you
ignore the rotor for a moment, you can
see that, if fed with the voltage waveforms on the right, the stator windings
produce a magnetic field that ‘steps’
around the motor in each successive
diagram.
In diagram A, the field is horizontal, with the north pole pointing left.
In subsequent steps, it rotates clockwise, 60° per step, always aligned
with the unenergised winding. If the
excitation were sinusoidal rather than
stepped, the field vector would rotate
smoothly around the stator once every
Australia's electronics magazine
cycle. This is exactly like the stator of
an induction motor.
Now consider the rotor. It is drawn
with its magnetic field perpendicular
to the stator field, the position where
it experiences maximum torque. The
rotor therefore is dragged around the
stator, ‘locked’ to the rotating magnetic field.
With a two-pole rotor such as this,
the speed of rotation will be one turn
for every excitation cycle. We can generalise this for any (even) number of
poles Np to ω = 2πf ÷ Np in radians per
second or n = 120f ÷ Np in rpm. A twopole motor fed with 50Hz mains therefore rotates at 3000RPM (157rad/s).
The rotor speed is determined only
by the frequency of the excitation voltage – hence the ‘synchronous’ term.
The torque-speed characteristic is
shown in Fig.3.
As you might expect, for the nominal operating frequency fn, it is a vertical line, since the speed is unaffected
by load up to the ‘pull-out torque’
(Tpo), where the rotor can no longer
keep up with the rotating magnetic
field and gives up trying. This is normally about 50% higher than the maximum rated continuous torque, labelled
Tn in the diagram.
If the torque is negative (the green
part of the graph), the PMSM is acting
as a synchronous generator. Given the
November 2026 47
Fig.3: the torque-speed
characteristic of a PMSM is
a vertical line for a given AC
frequency. The rotor current
and therefore the torque
produced is proportional to the
torque angle, δ.
speed equation above, it stands to reason that the only way to vary the speed
of a synchronous motor is to change
the frequency of the excitation.
I have shown the torque-speed
‘curves’ for 25%, 50% and 75% of
nominal frequency as dotted lines.
The synchronous speed is reduced
proportionally.
The equivalent circuit looks a lot
like an AC version of the DC motor’s
equivalent circuit. In this case, R is the
effective winding resistance and Xs is
the effective inductive reactance of the
stator windings.
I write “effective” because in a balanced three-phase system, the magnitude of the flux produced by a given
current is 1.5 times that which would
be produced by a single winding. Xs is
therefore 1.5 times the inductive reactance of one phase.
Like a DC motor, the torque is proportional to the winding current (T =
km • I), where I is the RMS value of the
phase current and km is the constant
of proportionality.
Things get a bit more complicated
from here. Firstly, we cannot ignore
the inductive reactance like we did
for the DC motor. In fact, it is usually
much higher than the resistance, so we
ignore that instead. Secondly, we have
to contend with a potential phase difference between the excitation voltage
and the back-EMF.
This phase shift comes about because
the angle between the magnetic axis
of the stator and that of the field varies as the load torque changes. At low
load, the angle between the rotor and
the field is near zero, but as the torque
increases, so does the angle. In Fig.2, it
is shown at 90°, the angle it would be
at maximum torque (just before pullout). This angle, δ (delta), is sometimes
called the torque angle.
The current flowing in the equivalent circuit is therefore the difference
between the supply voltage and the
back-EMF, divided by the inductive
reactance and multiplied by the sine
of the torque angle to account for the
phase shift. Putting this all together
gives us an expression T = km•([V –
Eb] ÷ Xs)•sin(δ).
For a given frequency, the back-EMF
is fixed (because the motor is synchronous), so the only variable we can easily control is the voltage. We can actually control δ using a complex technique known as field-oriented control,
but I will save that for another article,
because it applies to other AC motor
types too.
If we apply a fixed voltage and frequency to the motor, it runs at some
constant speed. As the load torque varies, the torque angle, and therefore the
current, changes.
One important thing this equation
tells us is that, for a given torque/current, we have to reduce the applied
voltage as the frequency drops. This
is because the inductive reactance and
back-EMF both reduce with frequency.
If we don’t reduce the voltage more-orless in proportion, the current would
increase and the motor would quickly
burn out.
Because of their rotor inertia, synchronous motors can be hard to start
unless the frequency is ramped up
gradually so the rotor can ‘keep up’
with the accelerating field.
Industrial-sized permanent magnet
synchronous motors – those intended
for direct connection to the mains –
usually have conductive bars embedded in the rotor and actually start as
induction motors until the rotor gets
near enough in speed to lock into the
rotating field.
BLDC/PMSM drivers
Interestingly, you can drive this one
type of motor in two different ways
and get two different sets of performance characteristics. If you use the
rotor position to determine the commutation points, the motor has all
the characteristics of a DC motor that
we described last week, including
the equivalent circuit, equations and
torque-speed characteristics.
If you perform the commutation
independent of rotor position, the
same motor has the characteristics of
a synchronous motor with the equivalent circuit, equations and torquespeed characteristics described above.
This is not always made clear in either
the textbooks or the application notes
for motor drivers.
Fig.4: the power electronics to drive three-phase PMSMs and BLDC motors is identical. You can use either voltage-mode
or current-mode modulation with a variety of modulation schemes.
48
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
The power electronics required to
drive these motors are identical for
either case, so let’s get that out of the
way first. Fig.4 shows a typical power
electronics drive circuit for a threephase BLDC or PMSM. This is just
a classic three-phase full bridge that
is capable of driving current into the
motor windings in either polarity.
I don’t have much more to say about
this except to note that the voltage, or
current in the case of a current-mode
modulator, is normally controlled by
pulse-width modulation from a fixed
DC supply, as shown at the right of
Fig.4.
I have shown two types of modulation: square modulation, which is
identical to that shown in Fig.2 except
for the PWM to control voltage, and
trapezoidal modulation, which more
closely matches the back-EMF waveform and produces smoother torque
and often lower acoustic noise. You
can use sinusoidal modulation or
field-oriented control too.
The rest of the modulator is where
the difference lies. In the case of a
BLDC driver, the commutation is controlled by position sensors, usually
Hall-effect sensors embedded in the
motor or a resolver on the shaft. The
modulator input is a signal proportional to the desired operating voltage for a voltage-mode modulator, or
current for a current-mode modulator.
In the case of a PMSM, the modulator input is the desired frequency/
voltage.
Fig.5 shows the typical control
schemes for both types of drive. These
are both very similar to the DC drive
controllers we looked at last time, with
an inner current control loop and an
optional outer speed control loop. You
can also add a position control loop
around both to create a servo drive.
The BLDC modulator requires position feedback from the motor, adding
complexity, but this can also be used to
provide speed feedback. You will need
an additional speed sensor for a PMSM
if you want to close the speed loop.
If you are using a motor with rotor
position sensors, you can use them
for speed sensing, even though they
are not being used for commutation.
You can potentially derive the commutation points for a BLDC motor
by looking for a zero-crossing in the
voltage across the unenergised winding (assuming you have access to the
winding star connection). I’m not sure
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.5: a BLDC modulator requires rotor position feedback, but a PMSM
modulator does not. Rotor position feedback also provides speed information.
Fig.6: these extracts from the L6235 data sheet show how the current-mode
modulation works and how easy it is to add a speed control loop.
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 49
how practical this is, given you can get
more-or-less any motor characteristic
you want out of a PMSM with field-
oriented control, with or without rotor
position sensors.
A practical example
The L6235 BLDC motor control chip
is a good example of an integrated
driver designed for BLDC applications with Hall-effect position sensing.
I have not personally used this chip,
but I think is serves as a good example
of what’s out there.
It includes a three-phase Mosfet
bridge that can supply 2.8A continuous (5.6A peak) with a supply in the
range of 8-52V, so it is suitable for
12V, 24V or 48V motors. It includes
the Mosfet drivers and most of the
charge pump necessary to power the
high-side drivers. You do have to provide a couple of diodes, a couple of
capacitors and a resistor to complete
the high-side power supply.
There are three inputs for Hall-effect
or other position sensors, which can be
either arranged 120° apart like those I
have shown in Fig.2, or 60° apart. The
IC includes the additional decoding
necessary for 60° sensors.
The L6235 contains a monostable
multivibrator with a programmable
pulse width that is connected to one
of the Hall-effect sensor inputs. This
provides a fixed-width pulse train
at a frequency proportional to rotor
speed, which is very handy for speed
feedback.
The Hall-effect sensors manage the
commutation but the output is modulated by a current-mode controller, as
shown in the diagram taken from the
data sheet, at the top of Fig.6. The Mosfet bridge current is measured across
the external shunt resistor labelled
Rsense and is used to drive a constant
off-time current controller.
Recalling that only two windings
in series are energised at any time –
so only one low-side Mosfet is on at
any given time – the voltage across the
shunt will be proportional to winding current. When this rises to a level
determined by the voltage on the Vref
pin, the flip-flop is set and the external
capacitor (Coff) begins to charge from
a 5mA constant current source.
▶
50
Silicon Chip
Fig.7: BLDC and PMSM motors come
in many different configurations,
including ‘outrunners’, where the
rotor spins outside the stator.
Australia's electronics magazine
During this time, the Mosfet drive
is inhibited, so the winding current
begins to fall as the bridge freewheels.
When the voltage on Coff reaches
2.5V, the comparator resets the flipflop, and the Mosfet drive is switched
on again. Coff discharges via Roff,
ready for the next cycle. The current
waveform is therefore triangular, with
the peak-to-peak ripple determined by
the programmed off-time and the peak
current determined by the voltage on
the Vref pin.
This chip therefore incorporates
the modulator and the current controller, so it is good value for money.
The L6235 data sheet shows that it
is easy to add a speed control loop,
as shown at the bottom of Fig.6. This
simple Type-I compensator has a single pole at a frequency determined by
C1 and R4.
I am not 100% sure what Cref1 is
doing – another pole is not strictly
necessary – but I suspect this network may just be to provide a bit of
high-frequency filtering at the reference input.
Another nice feature of this chip
is that it uses synchronous rectification during the freewheeling phase.
For example, when a low-side Mosfet
switches off, the current it was carrying would normally commutate to the
body diode of the corresponding highside Mosfet.
The L6235 switches this high-side
Mosfet on after a 1µs delay, to reduce
the freewheeling losses since the voltage drop due to the on-resistance of the
Mosfet is much lower than that across
the diode. That’s a nice touch.
There are plenty of other drivers out
there that suit both BLDC and PMSM
applications. Many (perhaps most)
include just the bridge driver and
some protection circuits, leaving the
production of the drive waveforms up
to an external microcontroller.
Motor configurations
Just like with DC motors, BLDC/
PMSM motors come in an almost
bewildering variety of configurations,
optimised for various applications.
The wound-stator type, shown at the
top of Fig.7, is generally used in highspeed, high-torque applications. The
rotor slots are skewed so that torque
production is relatively smooth and
the rotors can be small so their moment
of inertia is low.
I have shown the rotor with four
siliconchip.com.au
poles, although in reality these motors
are often made with many more. The
majority of electric vehicle motors are
of this type, so a lot of design effort has
gone into them, particularly in optimising the magnetics and efficiency.
Their performance is mind-boggling.
A typical EV motor can deliver 200kW
or more at the shaft, while weighing
just 15kg. They usually operate from
400-800V and can draw several hundred amps per phase. Even with their
high efficiency, at this power level,
they require water or oil cooling.
Less-demanding applications often
use a salient-pole stator, like that
shown in the second part of Fig.7. Each
winding is replaced by a pole-pair on
opposite sides of the rotor. Magnetically, this is more-or-less identical
to the wound-stator design, but it is
cheaper to produce. On the downside, salient-pole motors don’t make
quite as good use of the space inside
the motor, so they tend to be a little
less efficient.
Photo 1 shows a typical high-performance salient-pole BLDC motor manufactured by Maxon. This model is
32mm in diameter and has integrated
drive electronics. The motor shaft is
just visible behind the edge of the PCB.
There is no law that states that the
rotor has to be inside the stator. In
many cases, it is convenient to have the
stator inside the rotor – an arrangement
known as an outrunner. These can be
wound-rotor types, like the third diagram, but more often they have salient
poles, like the fourth diagram.
Out-runners are often used when the
main requirement is torque rather than
speed, although some are capable of
pretty high speeds too. The rotor has
a relatively high moment of inertia
due to its larger radius, so this type of
motor is mostly used in less dynamic
applications, like cooling fans.
This type of motor has become the
go-to motor for drones because its
speed and torque are well matched
to propellers, and they are relatively
lightweight. You also see salient-pole
outrunner PMSMs used in the hub
motors of e-bikes and e-scooters.
All the motors I have shown here
are three-phase types, but there is no
reason why that always has to be the
case. Fig.8 shows one common alternative configuration. This is a single-
phase motor with two pole pairs, like
that often used in small cooling fans
found in electronic equipment.
siliconchip.com.au
The four windings are all connected
in series in such a way that a positive
current produces the current directions and resulting magnetic polarities
as shown. A negative current would
produce the opposite current direction
and magnetic polarity.
These motors generally have one
Hall-effect position sensor (the black
dot) that drives the commutation. The
current direction is reversed every
time one of the four permanent magnet
poles passes the sensor. If the rotor is
moving, its moment of inertia ensures
that it passes each pole and triggers
the sensor so it is attracted to the next
pole in turn.
The challenge with single-phase
motors like this one is starting, or
at least starting them in the right
direction. In the position shown in
the figure, there would be no torque
on the rotor if the poles were symmetrical.
A symmetrical pole has an even
distribution of flux density across it, so
both sides of the winding see the same
BIl force and they would cancel out.
This would happen for all four poles,
so no net torque would be produced.
This type of motor therefore has the
asymmetrical poles you can see in the
diagram. The flux density across each
pole is slightly stronger on the thicker
side. This means there is slightly more
BIl force on one side of each winding
in all four poles.
You can use the right-hand palm
rule to satisfy yourself that these net
forces all point counterclockwise with
the current flowing in either direction,
so there is always a small clockwise
reactive torque bias on the rotor. This
is enough to get the rotor moving in
the right direction. The asymmetry
means that this type of motor can only
run in one direction, but that is not a
problem for cooling fans.
These motors are a wonder of lowcost design. Photo 2 shows the stator
of a motor taken from a 40mm fan that
gave its life in the interests of science.
You can clearly see the asymmetric
salient poles and the windings, which
are just one length of enamelled copper wire wound around each pole in
succession.
At the top of the motor is the combined Hall-effect sensor and driver
chip. This has just four pins, two for
the incoming power and two for the
stator windings. That is all there is on
the single-sided phenolic PCB – there
Australia's electronics magazine
Photo
1: this
is a nice
example
of a
salient-pole
BLDC motor
with integrated
drive electronics.
Source: Maxon
International AG.
Photo 2: this wonder
of low-cost
engineering
is the stator
from a 40mm
cooling fan.
Note that
one end
of each
stator pole
is slightly
thicker than
the other.
Fig.8: single-phase BLDC motors,
such as those used in cooling fans,
have asymmetric poles to provide a
small torque bias. This ensures they
start reliably and spin in the right
direction.
is not even a decoupling capacitor in
sight!
Brushless DC and permanent-
magnet synchronous motors are rapidly taking over from brushed DC
motors – and that’s no surprise given
their versatility. One motor type that
can be used for anything from a powerful and advanced EV motor to a superlow cost fan motor.
Next month, I will look at stepping
or stepper motors – a very popular
motor for position control applications, like in many 2D and 3D printers.
They operate on a different principle:
SC
that of variable reluctance.
November 2026 51
Tim Blythman’s
Portable
This project is based on
a circuit we published in
Circuit Notebook. It uses
an inductor to detect
electromagnetic fields
and convert them into
audio so that they can
be studied more easily.
It fits in a tiny case,
using a wand probe to
make a compact yet
useful device.
EMF
Probe
52
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
T
his project uses an inductor to
detect electromagnetic fields
and convert them into audio so
that they can be studied more easily. It
fits in a tiny case, using a wand probe
to make a compact yet useful device.
It is based on a circuit we published
in Circuit Notebook.
The circuit that this project was
inspired by was published on page
87 of the June 2025 issue as “Non-
contact diagnostic tool detects electromagnetic fields” (Circuit Notebook;
siliconchip.au/Article/18320) by Dr
George A Davidson. We have made
some changes to the circuit, but the
inspiration is clear.
Like some of our other small projects, we figured that we could make
it fit in the tiny enclosure we used
for the USB-C Power Monitor project
in August & September 2025 issues
(siliconchip.au/Series/445), available
from Altronics (Cat H9004).
Circuit details
Fig.1 shows the circuit diagram.
The sensing device is inductor L1. Dr
Davidson suggests a part from a failed
switch-mode power supply of around
1mH, with a 6W DC resistance. We
decided to pick an off-the-shelf part
so that we could have some certainty
in its performance.
We found an unshielded part that
worked quite well; the lack of shielding is actually helpful in this application.
IC1 is a dual, low-power, rail-to-rail
op amp. One lead of the inductor is
connected to the non-inverting input
of one of the op amps in the package
(IC1a), along with a mid-rail bias. The
other lead of L1 is connected to the
inverting input via a 1μF capacitor.
100kW log-profile potentiometer VR1
provides feedback from the op amp
output back to the inverting input.
L1 generates currents from nearby
electromagnetic fields and these tend
to move the inverting input away
from the bias point. The op amp output produces a voltage to cancel this
out. When VR1 is set to a high resistance value, the output voltage swing
needs to be higher to provide enough
current through the feedback resistance to counteract the current that
L1 generates.
Thus, VR1 provides a gain or level
setting. The output of IC1a is AC-
coupled and again biased to the midrail point before being fed to the other
siliconchip.com.au
op amp in IC1, IC1b, which is configured to provide 11× gain, adding a second gain stage compared to the Circuit
Notebook version.
In the Circuit Notebook submission,
a 4518 dual BCD counter IC is used to
provide ÷10 and ÷100 frequency outputs. This part is becoming scarce,
but fortunately, the venerable 4017
Johnson decade counter is still widely
available.
The output from the second op amp
is connected to the CP0 pin of IC2, the
first of two 74HC4017 decade counters.
Both counters are configured to operate normally by having their MR and
CP1 pins pulled low. The frequency of
the carry output from pin 12 is divided
by 10 and fed to IC3, where it is again
divided by 10 in frequency.
Naturally, the op amp output signal
from pin 7 of IC1b must be of a high
enough amplitude to be recognised
by the digital input of IC2, so lowlevel signals may not be detected by
this part of the circuit. The 74HC type
(rather than a 4017B) is necessary to
allow correct operation since this circuit runs from just 3V.
The output from IC1 is fed to headphone socket CON1 via a 220W resistor and a 10μF AC-coupling capacitor.
The outputs from IC2 and IC2 have
1kW series resistors and are switched
by momentary switches S2 and S3,
allowing the divided signals to be
individually gated and mixed into the
audio output.
Jack socket CON1 is a switched type,
allowing the output to be directed to
a piezo transducer (PIEZO1) when no
headphones are plugged in. Finally,
a 1MW resistor is provided across the
Silicon Chip kcaBBack Issues
$10.00 + post
$11.50 + post
$12.50 + post
$13.00 + post
$14.00 + post
$15.00 + post
January 1997 to October 2021
November 2021 to September 2023
October 2023 to September 2024
October 2024 to August 2025
September 2025 to May 2026
June 2026 onwards
All back issues after February 2015 are in stock, while most from January 1997 to
December 2014 are available. For a full list of all available issues, visit:
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/2
PDF versions are available for all issues at siliconchip.com.au/Shop/12
We also sell photocopies of individual articles for those who don’t have a computer
audio output to keep the output side
of the 10μF capacitor biased to ground,
helping to avoid nasty clicks occurring
when the headphones are plugged in.
Power supply
The circuit’s power supply is BAT1,
a 3V lithium coin cell. This is another
difference from the Circuit Notebook
entry, which used a 9V battery. S1 is
a momentary tactile switch that controls power to the rest of the circuit.
Using a momentary switch means
there is no chance of accidentally
leaving the circuit switched on and
draining the battery, which has a low
capacity.
The switch feeds a 10W series resistor and a 10μF capacitor; 10μF is a
reasonable amount of bypass capacitance for a simple digital circuit like
this. This arrangement provides some
filtering and thus softens the clicks
that occur when the circuit powers
on and off.
We’ve also found that a decent
amount of filter capacitance (more
than the few hundred nF that the ICs
require for normal operation) can help
to filter out the high-current bursts that
can affect coin cell longevity.
The filtered supply voltage feeds
the three ICs, each of which has a
100nF bypass capacitor. The mid-rail
bias voltage is derived using a pair of
100kW resistors across the supply; this
is stabilised by a 1μF capacitor and is
used to bias both of the non-inverting
op amp inputs.
Current consumption
and cell life
We’re using a rail-to-rail output op
amp, so the signal delivered to CON1
is limited to around 3V peak-to-peak
by the supply voltage; this corresponds to just over 1V RMS. With
a pair of standard 32W headphone
drivers in parallel through a 220W
resistor, the peak output load is just
under 250W, meaning just over 4mA
can be delivered.
The IC2 and IC3 output currents via
the 1kW resistors will peak at around
Fig.1: using the two stages from a dual op amp, the Probe amplifies electromagnetic fields detected by L1 and feeds them to
a headphone socket, CON1. Two counter ICs optionally divide the signal down so that higher frequencies can be detected.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 53
1mA, although it is expected that only
one will be active at a time.
Since IC2 and IC3 are CMOS
devices, their contribution to current
draw is negligible, as is that of the
bias divider. The total quiescent current is expected to be a few milliamperes at most. The absolute maximum
expected draw is around 5mA.
When not near any electrical equipment, we found that the Probe usually drew well under 1mA, even with
VR1 fully clockwise. Whilst probing
various devices around the workshop
and office, the most demand we could
place on a brand new cell (measuring
3.2V) was around 3.5mA with all three
buttons depressed.
At this level, the sound in the headphones was quite loud. The piezo
transducer has a much higher impedance, so it will draw less current.
However, we also found it did not
reproduce low frequencies well and
was generally quite soft and difficult
to hear except around strong sources.
The expected battery life is hard to
predict and will depend on usage and
even the environment being probed.
With occasional use, we would expect
the cell to last a few years, if not longer. The current draw when the unit
is not being used will be no more
than the cell’s self-discharge, since
the switch disconnects the circuit
completely.
The ICs are rated to operate down
to 2V or lower, so the unit will continue operation until the cell is quite
flat. When that happens, you should
notice it as there will be a reduction
in the output volume.
Case preparation
We recommend completing the
case cuts before assembling the PCB.
That way, the blank PCB can be used
as a template, and you can check that
everything looks correct as you go.
Refer also to Fig.2, the drilling diagram. The two holes are round and
can be made with a drill. We find that
clean holes are much easier to achieve
with a step drill.
The smaller hole (for the headphone
socket) is right at the top edge of the
enclosure, so we suggest attaching the
lid while making this hole, as this will
provide a uniform surface for the drill.
You don’t want it to ‘walk out’ as it cuts
through the edge of the case.
The larger hole (for the potentiometer) will be partially covered by the
54
Silicon Chip
Fig.2: use the bare PCB to help mark
and check the drill locations; these
two hole are required in the end of
the case for VR1 and CON1. Before
drilling the smaller hole for the
headphone socket, attach the plastic
lid to the enclosure to prevent the
drill bit from wandering.
skirt of the knob once it is installed.
Thus it won’t matter too much if a
slightly larger hole is used for the
potentiometer.
We’ve also designed a 3D-printable
case that includes the holes in the correct locations; this can be downloaded
for free from the Silicon Chip website
at siliconchip.com.au/Shop/11/3650
Assembly
All parts are fitted to a 40 × 100mm
PCB coded 04109261, which forms
the front of the case in the assembled
unit. The case must be used to ensure
that the coin cell is fully contained
and cannot be removed by children.
During construction, refer to the PCB
overlay diagram (Fig.3) to see which
parts go where.
The parts are mostly M3216 (1206)
size passives (3.2 × 1.6mm) and SOIC
(small outline IC) chips, so it is not
difficult to assemble. Make sure you
have the usual SMD equipment and
tools such as flux paste, solder-wicking
braid, a magnifier and tweezers. You’ll
also need a suitable cleaning solvent
for your flux; isopropyl alcohol is a
reasonable general-purpose option.
Start with the three ICs. Apply
flux to their pads on
the PCB. Rest each IC
in place, then check
carefully that its pin
1 marking is correctly
orientated before proceeding.
Clean the soldering
iron tip, then add a small
amount of fresh solder. Tack one lead
and use tweezers to ensure the part is
located symmetrically over the pads
and flat against the PCB, readjusting
it while heating the initial solder joint
as needed.
When you are happy with the location, solder the remaining leads, adding solder to the iron and cleaning
the tip as necessary, then refresh the
initial joint with a dab of flux and
some heat.
Next, fit the capacitors using a similar method, keeping in mind that they
will not be individually marked. The
two 10μF parts will probably be the
thickest, so fit them next, followed by
the 1μF capacitors and then the 100nF
capacitors.
Next, mount the 11 fixed resistors,
which should be marked with scientific notation style codes indicating
their values (eg, 1kW = 102 or 1001).
Check each against the PCB silkscreen
and the Fig.3 overlay diagram.
Fit the cell holder next, making sure
that the wider opening faces towards
the edge of the PCB. Be sure to add generous amounts of solder to the leads to
provide mechanical strength.
Now is a good time to clean the
flux from the PCB, since the remaining components will be better off not
being immersed in solvent solution.
Soak up as much solvent as possible
(eg, using a lint-free cloth) so it does
not leave a residue as it evaporates,
then allow the board to dry before
proceeding.
You should not need additional flux
for the remaining components, since
they have larger leads. Slot the headphone socket into its locating holes
on the PCB and solder each lead in
place. Place
the piezo
transducer
For the case you can either
3D print your own (shown in
dark grey) or use a commercial
80 x 40mm enclosure (shown in
black).
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
with its hole near the matching hole in
the PCB and solder both leads.
The tactile switches are reverse
mounting types, so they mount upsidedown with their stems protruding
through the holes in the PCB. Tack
solder one lead on each and flip the
board over to check the alignment. Any
misalignment here will be visible from
the outside of the Probe if the switches
are not centred, so take time to make
sure that they look right.
Once you are happy with the switch
placement, solder their remaining
leads. Like the cell holder, use a good
amount of solder to add mechanical
strength.
VR1 is a through-hole part and we
have added solder mask over the external pads to improve its appearance. To
keep this tidy, we recommend carefully trimming the leads of VR1 so
that they are just flush with the top of
the PCB before soldering. That will
still leave enough lead for the solder
to adhere to.
Take care that VR1 is square with
and flat against the PCB by working
with one lead until the part is correctly placed.
L1 is another through-hole part. To
add some length to the Probe, we left
the leads near their full length. Solder
the leads into the pads on the PCB and
then bend the parts sideways to extend
the probe outwards. The exposed leads
will be covered with heatshrink tubing later.
At this stage, the Probe is functionally complete, and you can insert a cell
to test it out. The piezo is quite soft
and will only be useful in the presence of strong sources, so headphones
are recommended. Make sure that the
volume setting is low (anti-clockwise)
before pressing the ON button. This
will avoid sudden loud noises.
Start in open space, away from any
electrical equipment. You should hear
a background hiss as you slowly raise
the volume. You might notice the
pitch reduce as you do so due to the
gain-bandwidth limit of the op amp.
You should find a moderate setting that
provides sufficient volume.
Now you can bring the probe nearer
to electrical equipment (but don’t
touch it!) and hear the sound intensify. While holding the ON button,
try the ÷10 and ÷100 buttons. Near
strong sources, you should hear a low
clicking or buzzing if these stages are
working correctly.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: with ample PCB space, the silkscreen labels are quite clear. Many
constructors will be able to complete assembly using them alone.
Parts List – Portable EMF Probe
1 double-sided PCB coded 04109261, measuring 40 × 100mm
1 80 × 40mm enclosure [Hammond 1551KBK, Altronics H9004]
1 surface-mounting (CR)2032 cell holder (BAT1)
[TE Connectivity BAT-HLD-001]
1 CR2032 lithium coin cell
1 3.5mm switched TRS jack socket (CON1) [PJ-328 or SJ-3524-SMT]
1 bobbin-style 5mm unshielded 1mH inductor (L1) [Bourns RLB0608-102KL]
1 9mm square SMD piezo transducer (PIEZO1)
3 reverse-mount SMD 6mm outline tactile switches (S1-S3) [Adafruit 5410]
1 9mm right-angle log profile 100kW potentiometer (VR1)
1 knob to suit VR1
1 5cm length of 10mm diameter heatshrink tubing
1 small piece of insulating tape (black electrical tape or Kapton tape)
Semiconductors
1 MCP6272(T)-E/SN, MCP6002(T)-I/SN or -E/SN dual op amp, SOIC-8 (IC1)
2 74HC4017 SMD decade counters, SOIC-16 (IC2, IC3)
Capacitors (all M3216/1206 size X7R 50V SMD ceramic except as noted)
2 10μF 25V
3 1μF
3 100nF
Resistors (all M3216/1206 size SMD ⅛W ±1%)
1 1MW
4 100kW
2 10kW
2 1kW
1 220W
1 10W
We recommend not cutting the leads of the inductor short.
This will provide extra length to the wand, and we expect
the flexible leads will be more forgiving in the unlikely
event that the Probe is dropped. Heatshrink tubing
completely encloses the end of the Probe, protecting it
from inadvertent contact.
Kit (SC7715, $30 + P&P): includes all parts except the case, cell and insulating tape.
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 55
The Portable EMF Probe fits neatly in the palm and has three
pushbuttons for operation. A volume control and headphone socket
are available at the end opposite the probe wand. All components
mount directly to the PCB (which also forms the lid of the enclosure),
with most being SMD types. Potentiometer VR1 and inductor L1 are
through-hole types but don’t protrude through the front of the PCB.
If your Probe is not behaving like
this, remove the cell and check things
like solder joints and the orientation
of the ICs. Also check that the cell is
fitted correctly (+ side up) and that it
is not flat.
When you are sure it is working,
apply heatshrink tubing over the wand
and inductor. Squeeze the end of the
heatshrink with pliers while it is soft
to ensure that the end is sealed off.
Even with this protection, the Probe
should not be used near exposed mains
wiring.
Place a small piece of insulating tape
over the exposed tips of VR1’s leads.
There are no dangerous voltages present, but contact with these pads might
couple signals into the Probe and interfere with its output.
You might think that we’re making a
bold style statement with the dashing
white stripe on the front of the case.
While that might be true, the extra silkscreen ink also provides a further layer
of insulation over the small number of
copper traces that need to run on this
side of the PCB.
Install the PCB into the case now.
You should be able to slot CON1 and
VR1 through the holes at an angle to
get the PCB into place before securing
56
Silicon Chip
with the included case screws.
Fit the knob to VR1 to complete
the assembly.
Using the Probe
There are many different devices
that can be tested using the Probe and
the results may vary from what we
found. Remember that the detection
of strong electromagnetic fields is not
always a good sign for the health of
some equipment. Dr Davidson gave the
example of diagnosing faulty switchmode power supplies.
In such devices, the current should
be travelling in tight loops that should
not emit much of an electromagnetic
field. Points that are strongly radiating
may be symptomatic of a fault. On the
other hand, mains devices will radiate
at 50Hz while they are drawing current, so that can be a sign that they are
working correctly.
RF sources
Devices such as RF transmitters are
designed to radiate, so if you pick up
a strong signal, that can indicate correct operation rather than a failure.
Passing the Probe over a mobile phone
gave a strong signal (ticking sound) at
one location, hinting at the location of
Australia's electronics magazine
the transmitting antenna.
Even though the transmission
frequency is well beyond the
upper limit of the audible frequency range (~20kHz), the Probe
will detect artefacts due to modulation of the radio signal. These might
be heard as clicking or buzzing noises.
We also found that wireless mobile
phone chargers (Qi chargers) gave off
a characteristic sound that consisted
of brief pulses of a fairly pleasant
tone (rather than a harsh buzz). So the
Probe can be quickly used to check
that these sorts of devices are working correctly.
In this vein, you could use the Probe
on working equipment to establish a
baseline for normal operation. You
might be able to detect impending
failures if the sound changes.
Summary
While not a rigorous diagnostic tool,
we found the Portable EMF Probe
useful for providing insight into the
electromagnetic fields that are present around many types of equipment.
As Dr Davidson suggests, it has great
educational value in providing an
intuitive understanding of electroSC
magnetic fields.
siliconchip.com.au
New PICs and free compilers
Microchip
VS Code IDE
We use microcontrollers from Microchip Technology in many of our projects; for over
15 years, we have used the MPLAB X IDE to develop the firmware. Now Microchip has
released an MPLAB Extension for VS Code IDE. We’ll look into that, plus the latest
microcontroller peripherals from Microchip.
by Tim Blythman
A
n IDE (integrated development environment) is a program that can be used to develop software. Many years ago, we used separate text editors, compilers and programming apps to do this task, but an
IDE brings these together into a single, integrated environment, making
development easier (many IDEs also
include an in-circuit debugger).
There are also IDEs for native software development (eg, writing Windows software on a Windows computer). However, this article will focus
on IDEs for microcontroller firmware
development.
The MPLAB X IDE is a typical example. It allows you to create projects,
edit and compile code, upload firmware to a target device and even run a
debugging session to inspect the inner
workings and memories of a project
as it runs.
MPLAB X IDE also offers features
such as syntax highlighting, autocompletion and error checking. These
sorts of tools require the IDE to be
aware of the programming language
and the structure of your project, but
can be incredibly helpful in picking
up errors early.
MPLAB X is based on the NetBeans
IDE, which was originally intended for
the Java language.
The following description may be
easier to understand if you have had
some previous experience with software IDEs and working with microcontrollers, and thus will be familiar with the terminology we will use.
If you come across terms you’re not
familiar with, you may want to look
them up on the internet.
VS Code
Visual Studio Code (VS Code) is an
IDE developed by Microsoft that was
first released in 2015. VS Code can
be used with a variety of languages
and has the ability to install so-called
extensions to expand its functionality.
According to industry surveys, it has
been ranked among the top development tools in recent years.
We first noted VS Code in the
March 2025 issue, when we introduced the Raspberry Pi Pico 2 microcontroller module (siliconchip.au/
Article/17796). This hardware release
coincided with the porting of the C
SDK (software development kit) for
Raspberry Pi microcontrollers to the
VS Code platform.
In our review of the PICkit BASIC
programmer and debugger (September
2025; siliconchip.au/Article/18849),
we noted the release of the MPLAB
Extension Pack for VS Code. This
allows VS Code to be used as an IDE
for project development for PIC microcontrollers and other Microchip Technology parts. That article also noted
Fig.1: the splash
screen for a recent
version (6.30) of
MPLAB X IDE hints
at the rise of the
MPLAB Extension
for VS Code.
Fig.2: VS Code’s
Activity Bar allows
quick access
to features and
extensions.
VS Code
Explorer
Search
Source Control
Run and Debug
Extensions
MPLAB
MPLAB AI Coding Extension
58
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: the MPLAB Extension Pack includes a few different elements (listed at left) to provide the features needed within an
IDE.
the inclusion of an AI coding assistant.
Recent versions of the MPLAB X IDE
seem to indicate (Fig.1) that VS Code
will be the main IDE in the future. Of
course, older versions of MPLAB X
and even its MPLAB IDE predecessor
are still available from the Microchip
archive at siliconchip.au/link/abpn
Like MPLAB X IDE, VS Code is
available on multiple platforms,
including Windows, Linux and
macOS. VS Code can be installed on
inexpensive Raspberry Pi computers
(which are effectively Linux computers with ARM processors), but it does
not appear to be officially supported
on that platform.
In this article, we will investigate
the steps needed to install the MPLAB
Extensions in the VS Code IDE to
allow working with PIC microcontrollers and explore some features of VS
Code. Then we’ll report on some other
Microchip news, including new parts.
Using VS Code
We found that VS Code was easy
enough to use, although it does several
things very differently to MPLAB X,
and there are some MPLAB X features
that are still lacking. So it could be
somewhat of a learning curve to make
the change. We started by downloading it from https://code.visualstudio.
com and installing it.
siliconchip.com.au
The Activity Bar at upper left is a
good place to start exploring – Fig.2
shows the Activity Bar and the functions of its buttons. You may not see
the lower buttons immediately, since
they will be added when the MPLAB
Extensions are installed.
To install the MPLAB Extensions,
click on the Extensions button and
search for “MPLAB”. Then install
the MPLAB Extension Pack, as seen
in Fig.3. This includes several other
bundled extensions that are needed.
Note that VS Code supports both ‘light’
(black text on white background) and
‘dark’ modes; we have used a mix of
screenshots to demonstrate this.
Like the MPLAB X IDE, compilers
are installed separately. We already
had some compilers installed to work
with MPLAB X IDE; we did not have
to do anything for VS Code to detect
and use these. If you need to install
a compiler, we suggest installing the
latest compilers from siliconchip.au/
link/acd7
For example, if you plan to work
with 8-bit PIC microcontrollers (PIC12,
PIC16, PIC18), you should install the
XC8 compiler. For 32-bit parts like the
PIC32 chips used in many Micromites,
you should install the XC32 compiler.
We also found that we did not need
to install tool packs (for programmers)
and device family packs (DFPs), which
Australia's electronics magazine
also appear to have been detected after
being installed by the MPLAB X IDE.
You may see a prompt at the bottom
right corner of the VS Code window to
install these or other software dependencies.
VS Code also has a strong security
focus. So you might also see prompts
to ‘trust’ a folder. This should be fine
for MPLAB projects, but be aware that
VS Code can also work with code that
can run on the host computer. So be
cautious about trusting other projects,
especially those that can run natively
on your computer.
Getting started
Click on the MPLAB button on
the Activity Bar and open the Welcome page from the Help → Welcome
menu, if it is not already showing.
That should show a button for Getting Started with MPLAB. Click on
that and you should see a screen like
Fig.5. This page is a good base from
which to navigate until you become
more familiar with VS Code.
You can open an MPLAB X project
if you have previously used MPLAB
X to create one. Our firmware downloads for construction projects involving microcontrollers often include the
MPLAB X projects and files, so you
could download and experiment with
one of those.
November 2026 59
Fig.4: the Command Palette is a VS Code
feature that provides access to search,
as well as allowing commands to be
entered as text.
Fig.5 (below): the MPLAB Welcome
Screen provides some useful starting
points for PIC projects within VS Code.
Fig.6: even at the start of a chat
with the MPLAB AI Assistant, it is
analysing the project files to provide
insights into how to improve the code.
MPLAB Extensions for VS Code uses
a different project format, so changes
made in VS Code are not reflected
in the MPLAB X project properties,
although changes to the source code
are. We generally made copies of our
projects so that the changes made by
the two IDEs did not conflict.
The Explorer (top button of the
Activity Bar) should show the various files associated with the project.
Most of the project properties are
held in JSON files in a “.vscode” subfolder. JSON files are in text format and
are generally human readable, so they
60
Silicon Chip
can be edited if necessary. The Projects section of the MPLAB activity also
shows the hierarchy of the JSON file
and clicking on a field will open up a
user-friendly view that resembles the
Project Properties windows from the
MPLAB X IDE.
VS Code makes use of ‘Workspaces’,
which generally include a project
folder in their scope, although other
folders can be added. The File menu
contains options relating to Workspaces.
You can drag-and-drop the buttons
from the Activity Bar, as well as other
sub-windows, and move items around
to customise the work area. There are
buttons to toggle the two sidebars and
many more layout options under the
View menu (Appearance and Editor
Layout submenu items).
Another interesting tool is the ‘Command Palette’, which looks like a
search box at the centre top (by default)
of the VS Code window. Fig.4 shows
the drop-down that is seen when you
click on the Command Palette.
You can use the key combinations
shown in Fig.4 to enter text into the
Command Palette to search for a file,
symbol or text or to run a command. It
also shows handy defaults and recent
Australia's electronics magazine
actions. It’s a powerful way to access
features when you are constantly using
the keyboard while coding. Also see
https://aka.ms/vscodekeybindings
Using the MPLAB Extensions for VS
Code is straightforward enough, and
we found most of the problems we ran
into were due to unfamiliarity with
the layout and environment. We had
no trouble compiling, using ‘>build’
in the Command Palette to perform a
“MPLAB CMake: Build”.
The MPLAB panel (selected from
the Activity Bar) should show any
connected programmers under the
Tools dropdown. You can also use the
Run menu to access programming and
debugging options.
MPLAB AI Coding Assistant
To use the AI Assistant, you will
require an API key, which in turn
requires a free Microchip Technology
account; this can be created at https://
login.microchip.com
Once you have set up the account
and logged in, you can copy the API
key from www.microchip.com/ai-
assistant/accesskey
You will also need to have the
Microchip Chatbot selected and using
the MPLAB Agent.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7: the AI Assistant can also suggest code changes that can be accepted or rejected, as shown here. Note how we have
asked it to keep, but comment out, the old code for reference. This view shows dark mode (white text on black).
Opening the AI chat window from
the Activity Bar should prompt for the
API key if it is needed. The interface
is much the same as other AI chatbots,
where you type in a question or prompt
and the AI agent processes the query
and responds. Sometimes it will pause
and ask for permission to review an
online resource.
Context is important, so we started
our chat (Fig.6) with a brief statement about the relevant facts that
related to our project and asked for
a review. The analysis stretched for
a few pages beyond what is shown
here. It included several correct observations and some suggestions of what
to work on.
Fig.7 shows the end result of two
further prompts. The first prompt
was a request to modify a function to
change the Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) registers so that only the
IOC (interrupt on change) peripheral
is enabled; this is done to minimise
siliconchip.com.au
power consumption in sleep mode
while allowing sleep to be ended by
a pin change interrupt.
The AI Assistant made an appropriate suggestion, and the editing window
provides the option to reject or accept
the change in place. Instead of accepting, we asked it to comment out the
old code instead of replacing it; the
result is shown in Fig.7 and accepted
as looking correct to us.
We were similarly able to generate
startup code to switch off the PMD registers. The AI Assistant was asked to
scan the code for peripheral usage and
suggest appropriate values to enable
only the peripherals that are used by
the code.
Its assessment of the necessary
peripherals was quite good, although
it did take a bit of troubleshooting to
get the exact values needed. In this
case, the AI Assistant was helpful in
suggesting troubleshooting strategies
such as disabling each peripheral, one
Australia's electronics magazine
at a time, to try to identify the problematic case.
We found that the AI Assistant was
quite helpful in avoiding the tunnel
vision that can sometimes occur during
troubleshooting and could suggest
alternatives to those that had been considered. It’s almost like having someone else to share the problem with.
Sometimes the responses are quite
long-winded! There is the constant
proviso that AI can make mistakes;
sometimes, its apparent verbosity can
appear overconfident. At one point, it
asked, “Let me know if you want this
change directly committed to your
project, or have further optimization
questions!” We wish we had that sort
of enthusiasm!
We think that these applications are
where the AI Assistant will be useful.
Attempting to manually generate the
necessary commands from the register bit fields in the datasheet can be
tedious and error-prone, while the
November 2026 61
AI Assistant can streamline it. It also
seems handy at generating things like
bulky or repetitive code.
The code that was generated
appeared to be well-formatted with
detailed comments, so could be used
to improve code readability. The AI
Assistant was also helpful when we
had questions about the VS Code environment and could even access data
sheets and project configuration files
to respond to queries.
Other notes
Just like MPLAB X IDE, there is
an MCC (MPLAB Code Configurator)
extension for VS Code. We don’t use
MCC much for our projects since we
have specific library files and drivers
that we use, so we did not have much
need to test it out.
We could not easily find a way to
install and check tool (programmer)
packs and DFPs (device family packs).
These are the software profiles that are
necessary to work with specific programmers (such as PICkits) or microcontroller families.
It appears that the DFPs are automatically installed if needed when a new
project is created. Quite a bit of automatic downloading occurred, so we
could not easily see how much storage
space various features required. Otherwise, packs that are installed through
the MPLAB X IDE are automatically
detected in VS Code.
We observed that some of the extensions have notes that “Features and
functionality will remain in active
development”, so it appears that the
MPLAB Extensions environment is
still not complete, at least compared
to MPLAB X IDE.
We also could not find (within
MPLAB Extensions for VS Code) a
tool for setting up configuration fuses
or viewing memory contents, except
for individual variable watches in a
debugging session. These aren’t things
that we need often, but are invaluable
when they are available.
XC8 compiler 4.00
While we were writing this article, we saw that version 4.00 of the
XC8 Compiler had been released. The
notes for XC8 also mention improvements relating to debugging support
for assembly code and improved tools
and diagnostics.
The changelog doesn’t indicate any
fundamental changes, but the note
that XC8 has now “Removed license
restrictions for optimization features”
is quite an understatement!
Why do we use so many PICs?
You may be wondering why we use so many PICs in our projects. Why not an Atmel AVR
chip, an STM32 from ST Micro, an NXP microcontroller, or something else? We do sometimes publish projects using those other chips and many of them work well enough.
While Microchip Technology advertises in the magazine, that isn’t contingent on us
using their devices. The reason is partly historical. We’ve used PICs for decades and have
lots of experience with them. However, it’s mainly because we like working with them.
A given PIC may not be the fastest chip or the best in every way, but there are a few
things they do consistently well. They’re often inexpensive, with more flash and RAM
than similarly priced competing chips. That means we don’t have to stress so much
about making our program fit.
They’re also pretty easy to program once you have the hardware, which will work
with just about any PIC. Jumping from an 8-bit PIC to a 16-bit or 32-bit device takes
very little effort. Plus, Microchip offers a wide range of devices, from tiny and cheap
to big and powerful.
We also find that the some aspects of PIC programming (such as the configuration
bits) are simple and elegant. We are currently producing an article comparing 8-bit PIC
and AVR parts and their configuration bits, which are handled quite differently. Importantly, we only need a small range of hardware to make the pre-programmed microcontrollers we sell in our Online Shop.
PICs also tend to have excellent peripherals, many of which can be mapped to different pins. That includes things like PWM, hardware serial, good ADCs, DACs, comparators, programmable logic blocks and more. Other micros have those things too, but
some we’ve tried had pretty sparse peripherals, limiting what we could do.
In addition to PICs, we have also used Raspberry Pi Picos in a few projects as they
have some great features too. We have also been impressed with some of the features
of the STM32 chips Andrew Levido has used in his projects; we could imagine using
those one day as well.
62
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
This effectively means that the
previously PRO level optimisations
(which could only be accessed with a
paid licence) are now free to all users.
This applies to all XC compilers and
now makes the -O3 (optimise favouring speed) and -Os (optimise favouring size) options for the XC8 compiler
available at no cost.
Most of our projects have deliberately avoided the PRO level optimisations so that our readers do not need to
pay for a licence to compile our code,
although there have been a handful of
cases where this has been necessary.
Fig.8 shows the Compiler section of
the Project Properties under VS Code.
While the higher (“3” and “s”) optimisations are available for selection in
earlier versions, they will fail on older
compiler versions, since these still
implement the licence checks that have
been removed from XC8 version 4.00.
New chips
It has been a while since we last
reviewed a new family of Microchip
microcontrollers. We investigated the
PIC16F181xx family of parts (along
with some others) in October 2022
(siliconchip.au/Article/15505).
Since then, we have used the 20-pin
PIC16F18146 in many projects. For
projects where smaller chips have
been required, we have also used the
14-pin PIC16F18126 and the 8-pin
PIC16F18115. These have many
handy analog features, including an
8-bit DAC (digital-to-analog converter)
and a 12-bit ADC (analog-to-digital
converter), as well as many digital
peripherals.
We noticed the introduction of the
PIC16F131xx family of parts a few
years ago but did not have the opportunity to do much with them at the
time. This family of chips includes a
CLB (configurable logic block) peripheral. The PIC16F132xx family has just
been released, and it too includes the
CLB peripheral.
CLB
Previously, we have used the CLC
(configurable logic cell) peripheral
that is featured in the PIC16F181xx
family. The CLC can be used to set up
logic that can operate independently of
the core processor. The CLC could be
considered equivalent to adding one
or two simple logic ICs, such as logic
gates or perhaps a latch, to a microcontroller.
siliconchip.com.au
For example, it can be used to
mix the outputs of two peripherals
to generate signals that cannot be
directly created by existing peripherals. Nicholas Vinen’s RGB LED Star
from December 2025 (siliconchip.au/
Article/19372) used the CLC to create
waveforms to control WS2812-based
LEDs. This combined a PWM signal
with an SPI signal to suit the specific
timing needed for these chips.
The CLB has some similarities in
that it can be used to combine peripherals via logic to work with unusual
signals. However, it is much more
advanced and is more like a CPLD
(complex programmable logic device)
than a simple logic chip. So it can emulate much more complex logic.
The CLB is based on a unit known
as a BLE (basic logic element), seen
in Fig.9. There are 32 BLEs available
in all PIC16F131xx and PIC16F132xx
parts. Each BLE incorporates a four-
input LUT (look-up table) to provide
combinatorial logic, plus a latch to
allow sequential logic, such as shift
registers.
Building blocks like these BLEs
are common to many programmable
logic devices, including FPGAs (field-
programmable gate arrays). There are
some project examples using the CLB
at https://mplab-discover.microchip.
com/v2?dsl=clb
Unlike other peripherals, the CLB
requires a substantial amount of data
to be initialised. Each of the 32 LUTs
requires 16 bits of data to determine
the LUT output for each of the 16 combinations of four bits at its input. There
are also bits that determine where the
inputs and outputs are routed so that
complex logic can be developed from
connecting multiple BLEs.
Many peripherals might have a
handful of byte-sized registers to set
up, while the complexity of the CLB
requires its registers to be supplemented by an entirely different system.
Complex programmable devices store
their data in a so-called bitstream, and
it is the way this bitstream is loaded
that is unusual.
The PIC16F13xxx (PIC16F131xx
and PIC16F132xx) parts also include a
CRC (cyclic redundancy check) memory scanner that can scan through the
non-volatile flash memory and confirm
(using a CRC code) that the memory
has not been modified or corrupted.
The CRC peripheral has an alternative mode that can scan a part of flash
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.8: recent versions of the XC compilers allow use of the “3” (-O3) and “s”
(-Os) options that were previously restricted to paid PRO licence holders.
Fig.9: the CLB peripheral on the PIC16F132xx family contains 32 of the BLE
blocks seen here. The LUT can be used to make combinational logic (including
AND, OR, NOT, XOR gates), while the latch can be used for sequential logic,
such as memory and shift registers.
memory and transfer the contents to
the hidden registers that configure
the bitstream of the CLB. So this step
is used to load the bitstream from
non-volatile flash memory into the
working memory of the CLB.
In a typical application, the on-chip
firmware would perform a bitstream
load sequence and set up any I/O pins
or internal peripherals to connect to
the CLB. Finally, the processor would
activate the CLB peripheral so that it
is active.
The PIC16F132xx parts also have
the ability to load the bitstream at
startup and then halt the processor,
effectively becoming a pure logic
device.
Generating the bitstream
There are some handy tools available to turn a conceptual design into a
functional bitstream, including a user
Australia's electronics magazine
interface that can be used to lay out
logic elements in a graphical fashion
and then synthesise a design into a bitstream. The tool can be found at https://
logic.microchip.com/clbsynthesizer
Fig.10 shows the tool editing a 12-bit
linear feedback shift register (LFSR),
which can be used to generate pseudo-
random values. It has no inputs and the
eight most significant bits are available
as outputs. The OR gates are necessary
to trap the all-zeroes state that might
otherwise cause the LFSR to latch up.
The outputs can be mapped to different pins via the PPS (peripheral pin
selection) module.
The synthesis tool requires internet access, since Microchip’s servers
host the software that is needed. Internally, the tool uses the Verilog HDL
(hardware description language) and
modules can be created with snippets
of Verilog. The open-source Yosys
November 2026 63
Fig.10: you can try out the CLB Synthesiser tool on the Microchip website, even if you don’t have an IDE installed. The
design shown here implements a 12-bit LFSR (linear feedback shift register) that can generate pseudo-random data.
framework is used for digital logic
synthesis.
The bitstream download also
includes other synthesis files and some
C code to initialise the CLB. There have
been some efforts to analyse and provide alternative means to generate the
bitstream. You can see one project at
https://mcp-clb.markomo.me
Other features
This family also includes a 10-bit
DAC. We’ve found the 8-bit DAC on
the PIC16F181xx family quite handy,
so we may investigate this family further for future use. The CLB feature is
also available on PIC16F131xx parts,
as we noted earlier.
The first members of the PIC16F132xx
family were the larger (28-, 40- and
44-pin) chips, which may be useful
in the case of projects that require
microcontrollers with more I/O pins.
We have recently seen the announcement of 8-pin, 14-pin and 20-pin parts
in this family.
The PIC18-Q35 family also includes
CLB peripherals. PIC18 parts have an
8-bit processor, like the PIC16 parts,
but are generally more powerful. Interestingly, the CLB in these parts has
128 BLEs, so they can implement even
more complex logic.
The CLB is certainly a fascinating
peripheral, and we can see that it has
a lot of potential. The larger parts may
64
Silicon Chip
be handy if we need more I/O pins for a
project. Concepts like LED and switch
matrix scanning with many I/O pins
are likely to be well-suited to handling
by CLB logic.
So far, we have not found a compelling project use for the CLB peripheral.
With the recent release of 20-pin parts
in this family, we may see the likes of
the PIC16F13246 as a drop-in successor to the PIC16F18146 that we have
used so often.
PDID
PDID stands for Programming and
Debugging Interface Disable. As the
name suggests, it can be used to lock
down the programming interface,
preventing programming, debugging
and erasure of the chip. This feature
is present on the PIC16F132xx family
of microcontrollers and is set by the
ICSPDIS configuration bit.
Crucially, once the ICSPDIS bit
has been enabled, it cannot be disabled and the device cannot be reprogrammed by an external programmer or debugging tool. It is clearly
intended to be a security measure
to prevent firmware tampering. Of
course, this feature should be treated
with absolute care, since it cannot be
disabled.
Interestingly, these parts still allow
other methods for modifying their
flash memory, so it is possible to allow
Australia's electronics magazine
firmware updates. The internal NVM
(non-volatile memory) controller can
write to flash memory, and thus the
firmware can implement a bootloader
to allow updates. But that can only
occur if the firmware has been written to allow this.
Conclusion
With the Raspberry Pi Pico Extension for VS Code being the official
way to use the Pico C SDK, we expect
that we will be using VS Code more
as time goes on.
The MPLAB Extension for VS Code
IDE looks to be very useful, although
it appears that some features present
in MPLAB X IDE are not yet available
in VS Code. For now, we will use both
the MPLAB X IDE and VS Code for PIC
programming. Having both installed
will also streamline the addition of
tool packs and device family packs.
One thing we like about the VS Code
IDE for Microchip devices is that it’s
quite a bit faster than MPLAB X IDE
as it does not rely on Java.
We found the AI Assistant to be helpful in many cases. It even has the ability
to make changes directly to code, so it
would be entirely possible to write the
bulk of a project through AI prompts
only. Like many AI implementations,
the AI Assistant is not perfect and
can make mistakes, so it is a tool that
SC
should be used with care.
siliconchip.com.au
DCC Model Railway Kits
DCC is a great way to control model trains, and we have a series of projects that can be used in a
model train layout from a DCC Decoder to a Destination Display (siliconchip.au/Series/455).
DCC Base Station
SC7539 Kit ($90 + P&P) – includes all parts except
the case, power supply and optional headers
DCC Remote Controller
SC7552 Kit ($35 + P&P) – includes all parts except the case and cabling
DCC Accessory Decoders
Snap-type Kit (SC7685, $40 + P&P)
Servo-type Kit (SC7686, $40 + P&P)
I2C Controller
SC7690 Kit ($30 + P&P) –
for DCC Accessory Decoders
DCC Booster and
Reverse Loop Controller
Kit (SC7579, $45 + P&P) – includes all parts, except the
case, OLED screen, power supply and front panel
Stepper Motor Driver
SC7601 Kit ($30 + P&P)
DCC Decoder
SC7524 Kit ($25 + P&P)
Destination Display
SC7697 ($22.50 + P&P) –
does not include the screen
(available separately)
siliconchip.com.au
microDCC Decoder
SC7617 Kit ($25 + P&P) –
choice of a bell or whistle sound for the software
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 65
Ideal Bridge Rectifier
Project by Phil Prosser
Background image source: https://unsplash.com/photos/a-bunch-of-speakers-that-are-sitting-on-a-table-YlSfH5XDAto
for Power Amplifiers
If you are making a dual-rail power supply and need high efficiency and/or low dissipation,
a conventional bridge rectifier has distinct limitations. Audio power amplifiers and dual-rail
power supplies are good examples of where this circuit can provide significant benefits.
S
emiconductor diode rectifiers have been
the default choice for converting AC
to DC since the 1960s. They are
inexpensive, robust and relatively efficient, at least compared to what came
before them (diode valves, selenium
rectifiers and such).
However, these days you can do a lot
better. A rectifier using active devices
can be much more efficient, meaning
you get a higher voltage output with
less power wasted as heat. That also
means you don’t have to worry so much
about getting the heat out of the device.
We previously presented an ideal
diode bridge based on the Linear Technology (now Analog Devices) LT4320
IC in December 2023 (siliconchip.au/
Article/16043). A little later, in the
September 2024 issue, we published
a discrete version, which sought to
avoid the high cost of that IC and had
some other advantages (siliconchip.
au/Article/16580).
The LT4320 chip controls four
N-channel Mosfets, which allows for
a high load current, but the maximum
voltage you can rectify is limited. Also,
it won’t work with a centre-tapped
transformer, so if you want to generate split (positive and negative) rails,
you need two of these relatively expensive devices.
66
Silicon Chip
The discrete version used P-channel
Mosfets on the high side to simplify the
design. While not limiting the maximum voltage, such devices with high
voltage and current ratings, plus the
low on-resistances required for good
performance, are scarce and expensive.
One application where people
sought to use these circuits was in the
power supply of high-power audio
amplifiers (eg, 200W+). The LT4320
design could be used, but as mentioned above, it would demand the use
of two stacked LT4320-based rectifiers.
» Low-loss rectification of centretapped transformer secondaries to
produce split rails
» Low voltage loss and low
dissipation compared to a standard
diode rectifier bridge
» Four board versions: SMD with
TO-252 (D2PAK) or TO-220 Mosfets;
through-hole with TO-220 or TO-247
Mosfets
» From 5-0-5V AC in (~±7V DC out) to
50-0-50V AC in (~±72V DC out)
» Load currents up to 20A continuous,
100A+ inrush
» Handles transformers up to 500VA
» Works with large filter capacitor
banks
The later Discrete Ideal Bridge Rectifier we published has no such limitation, but to increase the voltage rating
would require horribly expensive (if
available) Mosfets, which made that
an unattractive approach. This project
gives you the best of both worlds as it
can handle high voltages and a split
supply without needing an expensive
IC or P-channel Mosfets.
Other applications where an ideal
bridge rectifier comes into its own
are in DC supplies where high continuous currents are drawn. In our
Dual Hybrid Power Supply (February & March 2022; siliconchip.au/
Series/377) with a 5A continuous load,
the bridge was dissipating about 10W,
which demanded that the bridge be
mounted to the heatsink.
An Ideal Bridge Rectifier brings this
dissipation down to just a couple of
watts at most.
A third application is where you are
seeking to efficiently harvest energy, for
example, from a wind turbine or a generator. In that case, you want to avoid
the loss of the forward diode drop. The
principal elements of this circuit are
applicable in that use case too.
To show the difference between
a conventional bridge and our Ideal
Bridge rectifier, compare Scope 1 &
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Features & specifications
Scope 1: rectification with a standard 40A diode bridge into Scope 2: the same setup as Scope 1 but with our Ideal
a 120W load. The ground reference is the positive output rail Bridge Rectifier. The gate drive (mauve) goes 4.5V above the
(blue), so the AC input (yellow) shows the voltage relative to rail, which in this case is sufficient to switch on the Mosfet.
this and thus the diode voltage drop. Nearly 1V is dropped There is an 80mV offset of the AC input above the DC rail,
across this large bridge even at modest loads.
which gives safe switching of the Mosfet. The initial ‘glitch’
is the delay in the Mosfets being switched on – this test
signal was running at 200Hz.
Scope 2. These show a 10V RMS sinewave being rectified, first using a conventional 40A diode bridge, and then
the Ideal Bridge.
Design considerations
Since the request was for an Ideal
Rectifier that can be used in an audio
power amplifier, let’s look at some
reasonable requirements for such a
power supply. The requirements can
vary, so we had to consider the average case:
• A typical amplifier can deliver
about 200W into 8W; this sets the maximum voltages
• The amplifier should be able to
drive a 4W load with the maximum rail
voltages; this sets the current ratings
• A single board should handle the
full split supply
• The bridge should present much
less than the 1.1V+ per ‘diode’ that
you will see across a conventional
bridge, consequently having lower
power dissipation
• We should keep the parts cost
reasonable
The derived requirements from the
above are:
• Rectified DC rails of ±60V DC,
which can deliver an amplifier output
of around 40V RMS.
• A continuous output current of
10A for a 4W load, which we should
assume is doubled if used in a stereo
setup, so 20A.
Normal audio has a very substantial crest factor, so while peak currents
may be 10A for a 4W load, in reality the
average current will be very much less
siliconchip.com.au
than this. Even in a subwoofer channel
for a serious party, it would be surprising to see 10A continuous unless you
have very heavy-duty speakers.
In a practical application, this
would correspond to a 40+40V AC
transformer of 500VA or more, with
its output rectified to feed some large
(say, 20,000μF per rail) filter capacitors. One thing we need to consider
is worst-case voltages. Mains voltage
variation and transformer regulation
can be significant.
The nominal mains voltage range
is 230V AC +10%, -6%, meaning a
range of 216-253V AC. However, I have
seen mine go well beyond this with
the current trend towards many solar
installations. Transformer regulation
is typically 6%.
This says our output supply will be
at maximum: (40V AC + 10% + 6%) ×
Fig.1: the ideal bridge concept. It
comprises four N-channel Mosfets
with their gates driven by a control
circuit.
√2 +10% = 72V, giving us our ‘absolute
maximum’ rating. The ‘nominal operating’ voltage level will be about 56V.
The extra 10% at the end is a safety
factor we are adding.
In a conventional dual-rail power
supply, the rectifier component, normally a diode but in our case a Mosfet, sees the total voltage between the
positive and negative rails, so in our
case it will have to handle an absolute
maximum of 144V with the maximum
mains supply and minimum load, plus
a 10% safety margin. Our Mosfets
therefore need the following ratings:
• Vds > 150V
• IDcont >> 50A (the peak current
will be over 100A at switch-on)
• Rds(on) < 10mW (trying to be reasonable)
If we look for suitable P-channel
Mosfets at Mouser, we see no options
at all. If we allow a higher Rds(on) figure, the cheapest option is $27 for a
single Mosfet. Ouch.
Looking at an N-channel option, we
have options starting at $4 in single
quantities and $2-3 each in lots of 10.
Of the 22 through-hole options available today, there are multiple usable
options under $5 each.
So all we need to do now is make
our circuit drive four N-channel Mosfets in a bridge configuration, as shown
in Fig.1.
To switch on those N-channel Mosfets requires us to drive their gates (G)
to a voltage above their sources (S)
by about 10V (that’s enough to fully
switch on the majority of Mosfets we
are likely to use).
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 67
We don’t have a convenient supply
rail above the output voltage, so like
many Mosfet-based circuits, we will
need to ‘bootstrap’ our gate drive for the
upper two Mosfets, charging a capacitor during the negative half-
cycle
swing of each AC input waveform.
We don’t have to do that for the
lower Mosfets since we can simply
pull their gates up to the 0V rail or
the positive rail, as long as we clamp
the voltages to something reasonable.
Exceeding the Vgs rating of the Mosfet
will damage it; this is typically in the
range of ±10V to ±30V. A zener diode
clamp will solve that easily.
The majority of ideal bridge controllers are designed to rectify a single AC input to produce a DC output.
Since their design is optimised for this,
many of the integrated-circuit controllers switch the lower Mosfet on based
on the associated AC input being at
a lower voltage than the other. That
means the lower Mosfets are switched
on alternately with a ~50% duty cycle.
This works just fine in a single-rail
application, but precludes their use in
a dual-rail application, where the Mosfets need to be on only when the input
voltage is high enough to charge the
filter capacitors. The LT4320 switching
is shown in Fig.2 (from LT4320 data
sheet). The green and orange dotted
lines show the lower Mosfets being
on for the majority of each half-cycle.
What we need is the Mosfets
switched on only during positive and
negative excursions, like we see in
Scope 3 & Scope 4, which show our
prototype in operation.
Our circuit to do this is shown in
Fig.3. This has a fair resemblance to the
simpler circuit for the Discrete Ideal
Bridge Rectifier from September 2024,
but exchanges the ‘pull-down’ on the
top side Mosfets to a bootstrapped
‘pull-up’ that can drive the upper Mosfet gates to more than 10V above their
sources. This lets us swap the upper
P-channel Mosfets of the old design
for N-channel types.
Circuit details
The two upper halves of the circuit are effectively identical (shown
as mirror images). Similarly, the two
lower sections are mirror images of
each other, but they’re simpler because
they don’t need to generate the higher-
voltage bootstrapped supply for driving the Mosfet gates.
Four named sections of the upperleft quadrant are shown in coloured,
dashed boxes, so we will explain the
operation of these sub-circuits.
Current sink #2 sinks about 0.6mA
to the negative output rail. This is
required for the input comparator,
which is formed from PNP transistors Q4 and Q6. With the maximum
rails totalling 150V, the 0.6mA current
sink will result in about 0.1W dissipation in Q9.
Q4 and Q6 compare the AC1 input
voltage to the positive output. Diode
D6 is required to protect Q4 when
the AC1 input swings negative. D3 is
there to ensure we have matched voltage drops so that the comparator operates correctly.
These diodes are BAV21 types as
they need to have a minimum voltage rating of 150V and be reasonably
fast, at least on the scale of the mains
input. These diodes also need to be
Scope 3: the switching waveforms for the positive rail at
11.5A RMS. A very minor switch-on waveform for the
negative rail Mosfet is seen, but it has no effect. At this
current, after several minutes, the Mosfets reached about
60°C.
68
Silicon Chip
reasonably well-matched and at the
same temperature, as the voltage drop
across these directly affects our comparator function.
We have placed these next to each
other on the PCB, as we have with
the comparator transistors, for thermal matching.
The 220W resistor introduces a small
offset voltage on the AC1 input side,
which ensures that the AC input voltage must exceed the DC output voltage
before the comparator output changes.
The comparator operates by the bases
of Q4 & Q6 being connected, and the
emitters connected to the AC1 and DC
output voltages via diodes.
The comparator has a very high differential input voltage range due to the
presence of D6 and D3, which stop the
Q4 & Q6 base-emitter junctions from
breaking down, to accommodate the
full AC input voltage range.
Current sink #1, which pulls current
through Q4, is actually a current mirror of current sink #2. This will pull
0.6mA through D17. When the AC1
input is lower than the positive DC
output, Q4 will be switched off, and
this current will flow through ZD1 and
D1. This will charge the 100nF capacitor to 12V, the breakdown voltage of
zener diode ZD1.
While the AC1 input is lower than
the DC output, Mosfet Q1’s gate is
pulled low by the current sink, which
has plenty of time to charge the 100nF
capacitor to 12V between AC cycles.
As soon as the AC1 input voltage
exceeds the DC output voltage, the
potential of the emitter of Q4 goes
above the emitter of Q6 and Q4 starts
conducting. As Q4 switches on, it
Scope 4: the switching waveforms for the negative rail at
11.7A RMS. It’s similar to the positive waveform; we see
the positive Mosfet only on briefly, and a heavy drive to the
negative Mosfet. This plot only shows one AC input to the
bridge, but you can see DC ripple from the second AC input.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2 (left): the gate switching waveforms for the
LT4320 IC show the gate drive for the lower Mosfets
in dotted green and orange. These are on for much of
the waveform, so if this device were used in a dual-rail
application, it would short the transformer secondaries
to the capacitors for the full negative cycle.
Fig.3 (below): the Ideal Bridge Rectifier circuit. This
will only work properly with dual/tapped secondary
windings, producing positive and negative rail outputs
into capacitive filters. This is ideal for power supplies in
power amplifiers and some bench supplies. Note that the
circuit shown here applies to the through-hole version.
The SMD version uses equivalent components, but lacks
the fused connections.
siliconchip.com.au
November 2026 69
supplies current through D8 and D17,
pulling the collector of Q8 (current
sink #1) high through D17.
At the same time, it pulls the low
side of the capacitor high through D8.
The high side of the capacitor thus
goes 12V above the positive output,
which is connected to Q1’s gate, so Q1
switches on. If the Mosfet is switched
on hard enough to bring the AC1 input
within the offset voltage of the DC
output (set by the 220W resistor), the
comparator will reduce the drive to
the Mosfet gate.
So the circuit operates in a linear
regime, switching on the Mosfet hard
enough to reduce the 0.6V body diode
drop to a few tens of millivolts. If you
look at the gate drive waveforms in the
scope waveforms, you will see some
wiggles in the gate drive voltage at the
leading edge of each pulse. This is the
circuit operating in the linear region;
only on the flat top of the waveform is
the Mosfet switched on hard.
D17 is present so that on deep negative swings of AC1 to a minimum,
ZD1 and the 100nF capacitor can be
pulled below the negative rail and
therefore do not switch on Q1. If D17
was not present, as the AC waveform
went negative, the negative end of the
100nF capacitor would break down
the collector base/emitter junction of
Q8. This would switch Q1 on, which
would be bad.
Once the AC input goes below
the DC output, the Mosfet switches
off, since current sink #1 pulls the
Mosfet gate low via the zener diode
and capacitor. The 100kW resistor
in the gate drive section ensures
that the Mosfet gate
is always discharged when power is
first applied.
As you can see, the core elements
of this design are pretty simple, but
those diodes are there to deal with a
number of subtle challenges.
The Mosfet can be any suitably rated
N-channel device in a TO-220 package. 100nF capacitors are sufficient
for the gate drive reservoir, even for
very large Mosfets. Choose Mosfets
with Vgs(th) threshold voltage of 4V or
more, as our negative gate drive ‘low’
is about 1.2V, and we don’t want any
chance of the low-side Mosfets being
partly on when they should be off.
Most Mosfets use a standard pinout. Very substantial N-channel
parts can be had at a good price. The
IPP075N15N3GXKSA1 costs $32.30
for 10 and has an Rds(on) of just 6.2mW.
resistor, and assuming an hfe of 30 for
those two transistors, that happens at
around 8V [(2 × 1.2mA ÷ 30) × 100kW]
or about ±4V at the output (closer to
±5V when you take into account the
base-emitter voltages).
So 100kW is a good value for lower
voltages, but with a ±75V output there
will be nearly 150V across that resistor, so it will dissipate 225mW (150V2
÷ 100kW), which is a bit too close to
the ¼W resistor ratings for comfort. So
bumping it up to a higher value like
220kW at the upper end of the supply
voltage range is a good idea.
How warm will the current source
transistors, like Q15, get? With a ±75V
output, Q15’s dissipation is around
150mW, which is easy for an SOT-223
package device to handle.
Design notes & modifications
There are four PCB designs. Two use
through-hole parts and are basically
identical except that one is for TO-220
package Mosfets and the other is for
TO-247 package Mosfets. The advantage of TO-247 is that the packages
are larger, so they can usually handle higher current and dissipation,
but there are fewer TO-247 Mosfet
options compared to the ubiquitous
TO-220 parts.
The third design uses mostly SMD
parts, with some exceptions, such
as the zener diodes. The Mosfets are
in D2PAK (TO-252), a very common
package for SMD power Mosfets, similar to TO-220 but designed for horizontal surface-mounting. There is also an
SMD + TO-220 Mosfet board option.
The SMD board is somewhat
smaller, at 66.5 × 68mm compared to
The current sources operate between
the positive and negative rails. This
allows the entire circuit to operate
without a ground connection. However, it forces the current source to use
a pull-up between the rails.
The negative current source operates at a higher current than the positive one and presents the greatest challenge thermally. The 100kW resistors
on the low side should be increased
to 220kW for output rails above ±40V.
We can’t make the value too high as it
affects the minimum voltage at which
the circuit will operate.
There needs to be enough current
through this resistor to switch Q14
and Q15 on sufficiently to deliver
about 1.2mA of collector
current each. With a 100kW
Versions
This is the SMD version of the Ideal Bridge Rectifier, using IRFS4115
N-channel Mosfets in a D2PAK (TO-252) package.
70
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Scope 5: this plot has the oscilloscope ground connected to Scope 6: this plot has the oscilloscope ground on the
the negative rail, allowing us to see the AC waveforms in
positive rail; we can again see the gate drive in yellow, well
purple and blue relative to this, and the gate drive in yellow. over 10V. The AC inputs in mauve and blue show that the
Channel 2 (cyan) is the voltage at the load, after 60cm of
AC input rises 300mV above the positive DC output. This
heavy duty hookup wire. We see a full 12V gate drive here. means we have 300mV across the Mosfet, consistent with
the 12.1mW Rds(on) figure for the Mosfet we used here.
76 × 82mm for both of the throughhole versions. It lacks just one thing:
onboard fuses (and the corresponding
connectors). You can use inline fuses,
or run it without fuses; after all, a standard diode bridge doesn’t include
any fuses. Instead, they are usually in
the mains input and on the amplifier
boards being driven.
The fourth design also primarily
uses SMDs, similar to the above version, except it allows through-hole
TO-220 Mosfets to be used if that
is desired (eg, if you can get better/
cheaper TO-220 package Mosfets or
you want to add flag heatsinks). While
it is identical to the TO-252 version
apart from the Mosfets, some SMD
components were moved to make
room for them.
Depending on your application, you
may be able to use cheaper parts than
we are suggesting. If your total rail
voltage will never exceed 100V, you
can use 1N4148 diodes rather than
the BAV21 devices, and you could
choose lower-rated Mosfets. For example, 100V-rated Mosfets with similar Rds(on) and current ratings can be
found for less than $2 each.
Be judicious in these choices, but
there are real savings to be had depending on your use case.
residue and apply a conformal coating
such as Chemtools CT-ACC-400, available from Altronics.
That’s especially recommended if
you are going to be pushing the device
to the upper end of its 150V maximum
total voltage rating.
Testing the prototype
To properly test the Ideal Bridge
Rectifier prototype, we took a 600VA,
45V + 45V AC transformer, two
33,000μF computer-grade capacitors
(which are simply enormous) and ran
this combination into an 8W resistive
load, which is way beyond what you
would see in an amplifier. We stopped
when our load hit 300°C.
We omitted a soft-start circuit in
our tests, which you should never do
with this sort of power supply. We
do not recommend you do what we
did, as a slip could lead to very hazardous faults.
Construction
First, make sure you have the
right board to suit your parts: code
18109261 (76 × 82mm) for the throughhole version with TO-220 Mosfets,
18109262 (76 × 82mm) for the version
Photo 1:
measuring
the Mosfet
temperatures
during operation
with a 20A+
continuous
load. I used a
non-contact IR
thermometer
as it isn’t safe
to put fingers
near the board
when powered
or while the
capacitors may
still be charged!
Safety
We have followed IPC guidelines on
track separation for benign environments and non-coated boards up to
150V in the PCB layout. In normal use,
this will be fine. However, we recommend that once you have verified the
board is working, you clean off the flux
siliconchip.com.au
We learned a few things from these
tests. The omission of the soft-starter
resulted in the mains circuit breaker
tripping about one in four times we
switched this on.
The results are shown in Scope
5 and Scope 6. That was using the
D2PAK (SMD) version of this circuit
because these devices have much less
thermal dissipation capacity than the
through-hole devices in the way we
have applied them. So it was a worstcase test.
Throughout these tests, the Mosfets
were dissipating about 600mW, and
after about 10 minutes, they were at
45°C, as shown in Photo 1.
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 71
with larger TO-247 Mosfets, 18109263
(66.5 × 68mm) for the SMD version
with TO-252 Mosfets or 18109264
(66.5 × 68mm) for the SMD version
with TO-220 Mosfets. Refer to Figs.4-7
as a guide during construction.
Start by mounting all the resistors.
For lower-voltage applications, use
100kW resistors as marked with an
asterisk on the PCBs (or in red in Figs.47). For higher-voltage applications,
substitute 220kW resistors for those.
Follow with all the diodes. Pay
attention to their orientation. I normally endeavour to keep these all
facing the same direction, but to keep
the board size small, we need to optimise routing and thus component orientation.
Follow with the remainder of the
transistors. Note that the positive rail
comparator uses MMBTA92/MPSA92
transistors, as Q5 can experience the
full rail voltage (base-collector) on
negative AC swings. Q9 is the same
part as Q5, because we need the Vbe
on Q5 and Q9 matched for the comparator to work.
Do not mix these up with the BC
series parts and be aware that the pinouts between the through-hole BC- and
MPSA- prefix parts are reversed.
On the through-hole version, we
want to glue the comparator transistors together in pairs. This is about
as good as we can do to ensure they
remain at the same temperature. Take
two pairs of the BC546 and two pairs
of the MPSA42 and glue them faceto-face using super glue or shrink a
length of heatshrink tubing around
them. Put them straight into the PCB
so you are sure they have gone into
the right spot.
The MJE340/350 and equivalent
PZTA-prefix SMDs ensure we have
good power dissipation headroom.
Watch the orientation of the throughhole parts. We have marked the heatsink tab sides of these on the board and
indicated the base pin so that you can
check if you are in doubt.
Finally, mount the capacitors, fuse
clips and spade connectors. Solder
the fuse clips and connectors on both
sides. When you mount the Mosfets,
make sure these are well soldered to
both the top and bottom layers.
If you expect to be drawing in excess
of 10A continuously from the power
supply, you might want to think about
heatsinking the Mosfets with modest
flag heatsinks.
Be aware that the tab of these is connected to the drain pin, so these present an electric shock hazard. Thus, the
Figs.4-7: use these
PCB overlay diagrams
as a guide during
construction. Make
sure you use the one
that matches the board
you have (note the
codes, ending in 1-4).
The board with TO252 Mosfets has two
of them installed on
the underside. Those
are the only parts that
mount on the bottom (it
simplifies routing and
helps spread out the
heat load).
72
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
heatsink definitely needs to be insulated from them.
Parts List – Ideal Bridge for Power Amplifiers
Testing
Through-hole version
Setting the Ideal Bridge Rectifier
to work should be undertaken at low
power, to ensure things are working
properly before you connect this to a
large transformer and capacitor bank.
We used a signal generator and 100μF
filter capacitors with 1kW loads to test
ours, as shown in Fig.8.
We want to make sure the rectifier
works before we connect it to a massive
transformer and capacitor bank. The
rectifier itself presents very little load to
the supply, so you can use a “supply”
as modest as an oscillator for testing.
1. Connect your oscilloscope’s
ground to the ground point.
2. Set the oscillator to produce a
sinewave at 50-200Hz and its maximum undistorted voltage. Make sure
it is delivering more than 10V peak-topeak; if it can’t, you need to amplify
it with a small audio amplifier. As an
alternative to this, you could use a
small AC plugpack with, say, a 100W
5W resistor in series with the output.
3. Connect the oscillator to the AC1
input of the Ideal Rectifier board and:
a. Check with your oscilloscope
that the oscillator has not been
loaded down too much.
b. Check the positive and negative
outputs and see if you can measure a credible rectified DC voltage (notionally 1.4 times the
RMS AC input).
c. You should see ripple as the
capacitors discharge on each
half-cycle.
d. Check the voltage on the cathode
of zener diodes ZD1 and ZD4.
ZD1 should have a waveform
as shown in Scope 7, while
ZD4 should have a waveform
as shown in Scope 8.
4. Swap the oscillator to the AC2
input and repeat the above tests, looking at the cathodes of zener diodes
ZD2 and ZD3.
5. If anything looks wrong:
a. Check the diode orientations.
There are quite a few, and they
all need to be right.
b. Check that your transistors are in
the right spots, especially that
the MPSA92 and BC5xx devices
are where they need to be.
c. Check that the TO-126/TO-225
package medium-power devices
are the right way around
1 double-sided PCB coded 18109261, 76 × 82mm
6 5mm pitch PCB-mount 6.3mm vertical spade connectors (CON1-CON6)
4 M205 PCB-mount fuse clips (F1, F2)
2 M205 fuses (F1, F2; ratings to match application – 10A slow-blow
suggested)
1 can of conformal coating spray (optional)
[Chemtools CT-ACC-400, Altronics T3175]
Semiconductors
4 IPP075N15N3GXKSA1 150V 100A N-channel Mosfets, TO-220
(Q1, Q2, Q21, Q22) ◆
4 MPSA92 300V 500mA 625mW PNP transistors, TO-92 (Q3-Q6) ◆
4 MJE340 300V 500mA 20W NPN transistors, TO-225 (Q7-Q10) ◆
6 BC546 65V 100mA NPN transistors, TO-92 (Q11, Q12, Q17-Q20)
2 MJE350 300V 500mA 20W PNP transistors, TO-225 (Q14, Q15) ◆
1 BC556 65V 100mA PNP transistor, TO-92 (Q16)
4 12V 400mW/500mW axial zener diodes, DO-35 (ZD1-ZD4)
[Altronics Z0332]
18 BAV21 250V 250mA switching diodes, DO-35 (D1-D18) ◆
Capacitors
2 100nF 50/63/100V ceramic or MKT polyester
Resistors (all ±1% ¼W leaded axial)
7 100kW (3 220kW and 4 100kW above ±40V)
4 22kW
2 470W
2 68W
4 1kW
2 220W
Substitutions for TO-247 variation
1 double-sided PCB coded 18109262, 76 × 82mm
4 IRFP4668PBF 200V 130A N-channel Mosfets, TO-247 (Q1, Q2, Q21, Q22)
Kit (SC7718, $65 + P&P): includes all the parts needed to build the TO-220 version
(without the conformal coating; PCB code 18109261).
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
SMD version
1 double-sided PCB coded 18109263, 66.5 × 68mm
4 5mm pitch PCB-mount 6.3mm vertical spade connectors (CON2-CON5)
1 can of conformal coating spray (optional)
[Chemtools CT-ACC-400, Altronics T3175]
Semiconductors
4 NTB7D3N15MC 150V 101A N-channel Mosfets, TO-263 (Q1-Q2, Q21-Q22) ◆
4 MMBTA92 300V 500mA 625mW PNP transistors, SOT-23 (Q3-Q6) ◆
4 PZTA42 300V 200mA 1W NPN transistors, SOT-223 (Q7-Q10) ◆
6 BC846 65V 100mA NPN transistors, SOT-23 (Q11, Q12, Q17-Q20) ◆
2 PZTA92 300V 500mA 1W PNP transistors, SOT-223 (Q14, Q15) ◆
1 BC856 65V 100mA PNP transistor, SOT-23 (Q16) ◆
4 12V 400mW/500mW axial zener diodes, DO-35 (ZD1-ZD4)
[Altronics Z0332]
18 BAV21W 250V 250mA switching diodes, SOD-123 (D1-D18) ◆
Capacitors
2 100nF 50V X7R M3216/1206-size SMD MLCC
Resistors (all ±1% ¼W M3216/1206-size SMD chip type)
7 100kW (3 220kW and 4 100kW above ±40V)
4 22kW
2 470W
2 68W
4 1kW
2 220W
Substitutions for TO-220 variation
1 double-sided PCB coded 18109264, 66.5 × 68mm
4 IPP075N15N3GXKSA1 150V 100A N-channel Mosfets, TO-220
(Q1, Q2, Q21, Q22) ◆
◆ can be purchased from DigiKey or Mouser
November 2026 73
Scope 7: testing the Ideal Bridge Rectifier using a 100Hz
sinewave from a simple oscillator at 12V peak-to-peak,
measured at ZD1’s cathode. With lower-current loads, the
mauve waveform (Mosfet gate drive) will be much lower in
amplitude.
d. Check that the Mosfets are the
right way around.
6. You should also be able to independently check the gate drive waveforms on ZD1-4. If one of these looks
wrong, check the parts in that section.
Using it
Remember that inside the case of
any high-power amplifier or similar
device, there are many parts at very
high voltages. When using this Ideal
Bridge Rectifier, be aware that:
• The tabs on the TO-220/TO-247
Mosfets are connected to their drain
pins, which connect to the positive
output and AC inputs to the supply.
With high rail voltages present in a
high-power amplifier, these are electric shock hazards. This device must
be packaged inside a closed case and
protected from unintended contact in
normal use (eg, with an acrylic shield
over the top).
Scope 8: a similar test to Scope 7, this time for the negative
rail, with the gate waveform measured at ZD4’s cathode.
This is at a high current; when less current is drawn, the
mauve trace will show a lower gate drive voltage.
• Never touch the Mosfets to see if
they are hot. These Mosfets connect
to the filter bank, and this will remain
charged after power is removed. Simply switching the power off is not sufficient to make a power supply safe.
• High-power DC supplies, especially those with toroidal mains transformers and large capacitor banks,
can draw very high inrush currents
on startup.
• The Mosfets we recommend are
extremely tough, but you really should
consider a soft-start circuit that puts a
resistor in series with the mains side of
the transformer for a second or two to
reduce the inrush current, such as our
SoftStarter project (April 2012 issue;
siliconchip.au/Article/705).
• We have included reasonable
margins for mains supply variation,
transformer regulation and a safety
margin. Don’t push your luck on
This is one of the
through-hole versions
of the Ideal Bridge
Rectifier, using TO-220
package Mosfets for Q1,
Q2, Q21 & Q22. The
fuse clips are present
but there are no fuses
installed in these
photos.
increasing the input AC voltage too
high. We have seen our mains voltage go over 260V AC, in excess of the
mains standard in Australia, so we feel
the extra 10% margin we provided is
essential.
• This device is intended to be
mounted close between your mains
transformer and filter bank. You need
the filter bank connected for the bridge
to operate properly, so keep that in
mind.
• The PCBs lack a centre-tap ground
connection, but you will need to connect the centre tap of the transformer
to the centre tap of the filter bank for
correct operation. Note the ground
connection in Fig.8.
• Keep the AC input and DC output wires short, and keep the ground
connection bundled with them so that
the loop created from the AC input
through the bridge to the filter capacitors is small. This will minimise radiated EMI.
With these tips in mind, you should
be able to reduce the dissipation in
your rectifier and save a few volts of
drop across it, for just a bit more money
than an old-school diode bridge. SC
Fig.8: the test setup we used. Our oscillator was set to 200Hz
at the maximum undistorted output voltage, which was about
8V RMS. You could use a small audio amplifier to drive the
bridge if your signal generator isn’t capable. Test each AC
input one at a time and verify both the positive and negative
rectified outputs.
74
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
B
efore commencing
assembly, you will need to
choose your USB-PD module to
connect via CON5. We recommend our
unit based on the AP33772S chip, as
long as you have a suitable power supply that provides a PPS output, since
the HUSB238-based module does not
support PPS. Our article in the previous issue discusses these two modules in detail.
You’ll also need a USB-C power supply that supports USB-PPS or USB-PD.
We found several units from Ikea’s
SJÖSS range that we thought were
good value (siliconchip.au/link/acct),
although some of them only support
USB-PPS up to 16V with a USB-PD
(fixed) profile for 20V. We used these
for much of our testing.
We even found a power bank that
supports USB-PPS up to 11V and
USB-PD up to 12V. With a suitable
power bank, the USB-C PSU does not
need to be tethered to a mains connection. Note that like other PSUs without a direct mains connection, the
USB-C PSU does not have an Earth
connection.
You can use a simple DC source if
you like. While it won’t be very efficient, it will no doubt be useful in
low-current scenarios.
If you are using a different enclosure than specified, we suggest you
use the bare PCBs to plan and mark
out the required holes. There are three
mounting holes on the main PCB that
can be used to attach M3 hardware.
The front panel has 2.5mm holes to
suit the fittings included with your
chosen enclosure. You could also copy
and use the overlay diagrams (Figs.5
& 6) as templates.
Construction
The main PCB will require the most
work since it contains most of the
components; it measures 73 × 77mm
and is coded 04107261. If you need
to program the microcontrollers (IC3
and IC4) in-circuit, keep in mind that
some of the programming pins are also
used at runtime and are connected to
components that may interfere with
programming.
In that case, we recommend having
a look at the next section on PIC programming before starting construction,
so you can avoid that problem. If you
have pre-programmed chips, no programming step is necessary.
There is also the option to program
siliconchip.com.au
Mighty
USB-C
Part 2 / 2
Bench PSU
We introduced our design for the Mighty USB-C Bench PSU last
month, which uses modern USB-C power delivery technology to
provide a variable power source and allow efficient operation at
different output voltages. Its is designed to reduce the needs for
obscure parts, while providing a comprehensive user interface.
By Tim Blythman
Delivers up to 20V at 2A (if the USB power source is capable)
Compact case measures 94 × 83 × 30mm
Detailed OLED display plus LED status
Rotary encoder for tactile voltage and current control
Highly configurable for efficiency or low-noise operation
Software features include fuse emulation
Detailed USB-PD source information
the chips out-of-circuit if you have suitable hardware. You’ll need something
like the PIC Programming Adaptor
from September 2023 (siliconchip.au/
Article/15943) combined with appropriate SMD-to-DIP adaptors. That article has information about obtaining
suitable adaptors.
The front panel PCB is fairly compact, so we recommend you keep
the enclosure on hand to check that
Australia's electronics magazine
everything fits as you go. Most of the
checks and calibrations should be performed before the unit is secured into
the case so that the test points can be
accessed. That will require all parts to
be fitted and the panel PCB to be connected to the main PCB.
Once everything has been checked
and calibrated, Q1 and the thermistor need to be affixed to the enclosure
using an insulated mounting kit. After
November 2026 75
the rear panel is fitted, the PCB is fastened to it using a machine screw. This
ensures that the main PCB does not
shift and flex Q1’s leads.
PIC programming
There are two main things to consider if you need to program the PICs
in-circuit (after soldering them).
Firstly, there are two different chips
that run different firmware, so ensure
that you don’t mix them up. Also,
some of the programming pins have
shared roles that might interfere with
programming if they are connected to
parts of the circuit that will load them.
The overlay diagram, Fig.5, shows
the components that are necessary for
programming marked in blue dashed
rectangles. The 10kW resistor and
100nF bypass capacitor for each IC are
the minimum parts needed for correct
operation, while the CON3 and CON7
headers are needed to connect the programmer.
So the simplest approach to programming IC3 and IC4 in-circuit is to
fit only these parts first, program the
chips, then fit the remaining parts.
You’ll also need a suitable programmer, such as a PICkit 4, PICkit
5, Snap or PICkit Basic, plus a power
supply if your programmer cannot
provide ‘target power’. 5V power can
be applied between the TP1 ground
test point and the TP3 5V test point.
Anything between around 3V and 5V
(eg, a 3V coin cell or a pair of 1.5V
alkaline cells) should be sufficient for
programming.
Start with IC4, which is programmed via CON7. Connect the
programmer, ensuring that the pin 1
chevron markers are aligned. IC4 is
an 8-pin PIC16F18115 and should be
programmed with the 0410726B.HEX
file; the other hex file should be too
large to work.
Open the MPLAB IPE, select the
part number, connect the programmer
(and power supply if needed). Press
Connect and ensure communication
is working and the chip is identified.
Load the HEX file, then perform the
Program and Verify steps.
Next, program the 20-pin IC3
(PIC16F18146) using a programmer
connected to CON3 and the 0410726A.
HEX file. It should be possible to program IC3 with all components fitted,
but we recommend doing it beforehand in case there are any problems later. Verify the programming,
76
Silicon Chip
Like the main PCB,
we used a header on
the front panel for ease of
disassembly. See how we soldered the
rotary encoder’s leads and used a short solid-core
wire to secure the free end of the OLED module.
then disconnect all programmers
and power supplies before resuming
assembly.
Main PCB construction
There are many SMD parts in this
project, so ensure you have the requisite SMD gear, such as flux paste,
solder-
wicking braid, tweezers and
fume extraction. Magnifiers and good
illumination are also very helpful.
Start with the finer-pitched parts,
such as IC1-IC4, REG1 and Q2-Q5.
Check each part’s polarity and be sure
not to mix up similar parts. All the
small transistors come in the same
package. Q2-Q4 are BC817 types,
while Q5 is a 2N7002 and REG1 is
an MCP1700 – all in the same SOT23 package.
IC1 is also in the same SOIC-8
package as IC4. Find their locations
and orientations on the Fig.5 overlay
diagram.
Apply flux to each component’s PCB
pads, rest each in place and adjust with
tweezers. Tack one lead and make sure
all the leads are aligned with their
pads and the part is flat against the
PCB before soldering the remaining
leads. Use solder-wicking braid (with
extra flux) to draw up any excess solder
that results in a bridge between adjacent pads.
Follow by fitting diodes D1, D2, D4,
D5 and regulator REG2, paying close
attention to their polarity and orientation. Note that D4 and D5 face in
opposite directions. If you have the surface-mounting version of RLY1, solder
it next. Note the bar at one end, which
should align with the pin 1 marker dot.
Now we can work through the passives according to the parts list and
Fig.5. Solitary inductor L1 is not polarised; nor are any of the capacitors.
There should be enough space to solder each set of components with the
same value without worrying about
other parts getting in the way.
We suggest starting with the capacitors, since they will not have markings on their bodies, then follow with
the resistors. Most of the passives are
M3216 (imperial 1206) size at 3.2 ×
1.6mm, except for the larger 50mW
current shunt resistor.
All the SMD parts should now be
affixed to the main PCB. It is then a
good time to clean off any excess flux
using an appropriate solvent. Inspect
for bridges and dry joints and rectify
as needed. When the main PCB has
dried, solder in the fuse clips. You can
Fig.5: the main PCB is
mostly a straightforward
SMD design. If you
need to program the
microcontrollers in-circuit,
you should initially only
populate the components in
the dashed blue rectangles.
You can add the others after
programming.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.6: using a PCB as a panel makes for an elegant result but sometimes requires some unusual assembly steps; the OLED
module is mounted upside-down using short stubs of wire. Check the clearances with the enclosure during the assembly
of this PCB, since the spaces around the OLED module and rotary encoder are quite tight.
insert the fuse to ensure the clips are
aligned correctly.
If RLY1 is a through-hole type,
solder it now. Fit Q1 next, with its
leads soldered at the very tips and
in the orientation shown by the silkscreen markings. Ensure it is mounted
squarely to the PCB. Leaving a good
amount of lead attached will allow the
body of the transistor to be positioned
in the enclosure.
Have a look at the photos to confirm the arrangement. Note how Q1
has been bent over to near its final
position. Once inside the case, the top
surface of Q1 is approximately 16mm
from the top surface of the PCB.
To secure the main PCB inside the
enclosure, we have provided a rectangular pad to which an M3 nut can
be soldered, adjacent to TP4. The nut
will need to be nickel- or zinc-plated,
or made of brass, to allow soldering.
Ensure that the nut is aligned parallel
to the edge of the PCB and take care
not to get any solder on the internal
threads.
If you don’t have a suitable PCB
holder, you could slide the PCB partway into the enclosure to support it
level and allow access to the underside of the pad. Solder the nut
in place and
try to get some solder up the sides to
form a solid fillet.
You can now solder the UBS-PD or
USB-PPS module to CON5. We fitted
the module under the main PCB to
allow room for the thermistor lead to
reach Q1. This also keeps the opening for the USB-C lead close to the
bottom of the unit. Use the male pin
headers, and leave a slight gap above
the USB-C socket’s shell so it doesn’t
touch the PCB to avoid damage to the
solder mask.
Trim the leads under the module so
that they are well clear of the enclosure. You could solder lead offcuts
or other solid-core wire to secure the
mounting holes near the USB-C socket.
You can now connect a USB supply
to the module and check some of the
voltages at the test points. Use TP1 as
the negative connection for your multimeter. TP4 should be close to 5V, while
TP3 will be sitting around 4.7V due to
REG2’s dropout voltage.
Both of these should be within 0.3V
of these values. If not, disconnect the
power and double-check everything.
TP2 should be between 9V and 11V,
probably just under 10V. If this is correct, then IC3 and IC4 are correctly
programmed.
If you are using a DC supply over
5.5V, there should be a nominal reading at TP4, with TP3 close
The location of Q1
and the thermistor is
close to that shown
here, although the lid
of the enclosure and the
insulating pad would
obscure everything below
the head of the screw. The
USB-C module mounts
under the main PCB to
assist with clearance for the
thermistor wiring. We fitted
headers to our prototype
for testing, but we expect
constructors will use
fixed wiring soldered
to the PCB.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
to 5V. TP2 should be about 5V higher
than TP4, since the default is for the
OA+ boost supply to run. Disconnect
the power for now and move onto the
front panel PCB.
Front panel PCB
The 0.8mm-thick black front panel
PCB is coded 04107264 and measures 29 × 89mm. Before commencing
assembly, check if you need to drill out
the holes for the output connections.
We used rubber grommets to protect
wires fed through these holes, but
you could drill them out to fit banana
sockets or binding posts if you prefer.
It will be easier to drill these before
the components are fitted.
Be sure that there is enough room to
fit the hardware, as the panel is quite
small. Also take care not to damage
the PCB finish or rip any traces off.
Drilling the fibreglass PCB should be
done with ventilation and respiratory
protection. We recommend working
outside with a face mask. Test-fit the
sockets and ensure that there is clearance to the remainder of the enclosure.
Fig.6 is the overlay diagram for the
front panel PCB. It has several components fitted in an unusual fashion,
so take a close look at the photos and
diagram to ensure that everything is
installed correctly. Keep the enclosure at hand to check your clearances.
Fit IC101, being sure to align the
pin 1 dot on the silkscreen to that on
the part. Follow with LED101, noting
that its dot is in the opposite direction.
This part is quite sensitive to heat, so
don’t dwell too long with the iron.
Follow with the 100nF capacitor and
1kW resistor. Clean off any excess flux.
Solder the tactile switches next,
with their stems protruding down
through the holes. Tack one lead and
take time to align each switch stem
centrally within the hole. Since the
stem and hole will be visible, any misalignment will be apparent. Solder the
remaining leads once the position is
correct.
November 2026 77
Placing the
USB-C module
underneath the
PCB helps with
clearance for the
thermistor wiring.
The nut near Q1
is soldered to the
PCB and helps to
hold it in place
relative to the
enclosure so that
Q1’s leads don’t
flex.
The final position of Q1 is very close to what is shown here. This requires
the very tips of Q1’s leads to be soldered to the PCB and a bend formed near
where the leads exit the body of the transistor.
78
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
To fit the rotary encoder, remove the
screw and washer, then carefully bend
the leads over so that they will reach
the PCB when the encoder is fitted.
Use the screw and washer to secure
the encoders to the panel. Check the
alignment and ensure that it is within
the silkscreen markings. When all is
well, solder each lead to its corresponding pad.
To fit the OLED module, form short
pieces of solid-core wire into an L
shape. The shorter part of the L
should fit within the MOD101
pads. Using tweezers, solder each
piece of wire to its pad, with the wire
pointing upwards from the centre of
the marked outline.
Remove the protective film and
any headers from the OLED module
and ensure the holes are clear, then
thread this over the L-shaped wires
on the panel PCB. Push the module
flat against the panel PCB and gently
adjust it as needed to align it with the
silkscreen outline. Solder each wire
to its corresponding pad and then
trim neatly.
The single pad between MOD101
and RE101 can be used to solder a
short length of wire to secure the other
end of the OLED module. Check our
photos to see how it should look.
The next step will be to connect the
two PCBs using hookup wire or similar. Each wire should be about 4-5cm
long. Prepare the six wires and solder each one to the back of the panel
PCB. Each wire can then be soldered
directly back to its matching counterpart on the main PCB. The silkscreen
markings can be checked if there is
any confusion.
The USB-C PSU is now functionally complete, but you will also need
to install the thermistor so that no
fault is detected. Temporarily screw
the thermistor to Q1 so that you can
work out the lead length before cutting; our prototype was cut to about
12cm in length. Then bare the leads
and solder them directly to the CON4
pads. The thermistor is not polarised.
You can leave the thermistor in
place for now so that it can detect any
thermal problems before final assembly is complete. The thermistor should
be insulated from the lug by the potting compound, but you can check this
with a multimeter.
Testing and calibration
Hold one of the panel switches
siliconchip.com.au
down and apply a USB-C power supply to the CON5 module. The display
should light up and show a message
as the LED lights up red.
If the display shows a “Checking
panel” message for more than a second, the front panel PCB may not have
been recognised. In that case, check the
soldering around IC101 and the wiring back to CON1. The message should
show “Panel at: 0x20” for a PCF8574
or 0x38 if a PCF8574A is used.
The second line should show
that either a HUSB238 or AP33772S
was found and indicate the number
of USB-PD PDO profiles that were
detected. If this shows “DC source”
when a USB source is connected, the
USB-PD module may not be detected;
check the module. Release the switch
to allow the software to proceed past
this screen. The display should show
something similar to Screen 1. If nothing is seen on the display, check the
wiring to MOD101.
All the displayed values should be
sensible. The setpoints and actual values should start out at zero, the temperature shown should be around
ambient and the voltages on the bottom line should be about 5V and 4.7V
as per TP4 and TP3 earlier. The “L”
current-limiting indicator will probably be on, since the current setpoint
will be 0A.
Controls
On the main screen, the rotary
encoder controls the voltage or current
setpoint according to which is selected
by the angle brackets on the first line.
Toggle between the two by pressing
the rotary encoder to activate its internal switch. Pressing the UP or DOWN
buttons should activate or deactivate
the relay. When the relay is energised,
the LED shows green.
If a fault occurs, it is shown on the
first line of the display, the relay is
switched off and the voltage is forced
to a setpoint of 0V. Pressing DOWN
will reset the fault indication as long
as the fault itself has been cleared.
For example, if there is a temperature
diately saved to non-volatile memory.
There is a setting screen (Screen 7)
that can be used to save any changes
you’ve made or restore the settings to
their defaults. In Settings, the UP and
DOWN buttons usually have the same
effect as the rotary encoder, although
some screens use them for different
purposes.
#1 PDO listing (Screen 2)
Here you can view information
about the power data objects supported by your USB power source. Use
the rotary encoder to cycle between
them. Pressing UP or DOWN will
refresh the source PDO listing. If you
see NO PDO shown here, the source
is not PD-compatible or it couldn’t be
detected. A legacy 5V USB or fixed DC
source will also show this indication.
The specifications of the USB-C
we used for much of our testing.
Its USB-PPS profiles only allow
up to 16V, with a USB-PD profile
needed for higher voltages, up to
20V. Source: www.ikea.com
fault, the temperature must return to
the normal range before the PSU can
be reset. For a current trip, you may
need to adjust the current setpoint to
be above 0A. If multiple trips occur,
only one is cleared at a time. This
allows you to see if multiple faults
have occurred.
Pressing the rightmost NEXT button (>) will enter Settings, as long as
the output relay is off; you will see the
LED flashing if you attempt to enter
Settings with the relay on. Each Settings screen is numbered at upper left
for ease of navigation.
In Settings, the rotary encoder button will go BACK to the previous Settings screen, while the NEXT button
will move to the next and then loop
around to the main screen. See below
for the full range of settings and calibration factors.
As long as you have the thermistor
connected and mounted to Q1, you
can run your own tests on the USB-C
PSU assembly to check its operation.
The thermistor will detect if Q1 starts
overheating.
Settings Screens
Changes to settings are applied
immediately, but they are not imme-
#2-5 Operating options (Screen 3)
These screens show several operating options that can be toggled by
pressing UP or DOWN, or turning the
rotary encoder.
#2 V Tracking
This dictates whether the USB-PD
target voltage follows the setpoint or
the actual output voltage. The default is
to follow the setpoint, which will generally mean a fast response to changes,
but lower efficiency (more dissipation)
if current limiting is occurring, since
the setpoint will be higher than the
output voltage in that case.
#3 Current mode
This determines whether a current-
limiting event will also switch the
relay off. The default mode is simple
current limiting. Enabling a trip will
cause the relay to open if the current
limit is reached.
#4 Current set limiting
This forces the current limit setpoint
to ramp down if it exceeds the capabilities of the active PDO. It is on by
default; if switched off, it may result
in the power source shutting down if
too much current is drawn.
2
3
Screen 1 (left): the main control screen is full of information about the USB supply and transistor temperature, as well as
the voltage and current readings you might expect.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 79
#5 Load last setpoint
This causes the voltage and current
setpoints to be reloaded at startup.
During operation, these are saved to
EEPROM within ten seconds if they
have changed. The default is to reload
these values at startup, but this can be
disabled, in which case the setpoints
will be set to 0V and 0A at startup.
The relay state is not stored; it always
starts in the off state.
The Mighty
USB-C Bench
PSU is
compact,
versatile
and easy
to use.
#6 Temperature Alarm
This sets the thermistor temperature
at which the temperature display on
the main page will start flashing as a
warning. All temperatures are displayed in degrees Celsius (°C).
#7 Temperature Shutoff (Screen 4)
This sets the (higher) temperature at
which the output will be disconnected.
It’s also possible for an open-circuit
thermistor to cause it to trip; this is
indicated in the fault message.
#8 Voltage Headroom (Screen 5)
This sets the amount by which the
USB-PD source voltage must exceed
the target voltage (decided by #2 V
Tracking). A lower value will be more
efficient, but may result in a sluggish response to changes if the actual
voltage is chosen as the target. Values
down to 0.3V should work well as long
as the OA+ boost is active.
If OA+ boost is switched off, then
this may need to be increased (up to
5V) to ensure that the voltage setpoint
can be reached.
#10 Op amp supply boost (Screen 6)
This sets the duty cycle of the PWM
supplied to the OA+ supply boost circuit. A value of 0% shuts down the
boost circuit (for low-noise operation).
The default value of 6% was sufficient
to provide 5V of headroom in our testing, but this can be adjusted up to 15%
as needed.
#11 NV memory (Screen 7)
This is effectively an estimate of the
quiescent current used by the PSU. It
is deducted from the current available
from the USB-PD source to calculate
how much current is available for the
output. The default is 200mA, meaning that a 1.5A source will be limited
to a setpoint of 1.3A at the output.
This gives the option to save all
live settings and calibration values
to EEPROM, so they will be reloaded
at the next startup. This is done by
pressing DOWN. Pressing UP will
restore the live and EEPROM settings
from a backup in flash memory, so can
be used if the settings are corrupted.
A successful save or restore will be
shown as a message on this screen.
After the NV memory screen, the
4
5
#9 Current Headroom
10
remaining settings are mostly for calibration and should not need to be
changed after initial setup. Remember to go back and save the following
calibration values on the NV memory
screen to ensure that the updated values are loaded at boot.
#12 & #15 Calibration instructions
(Screen 8)
These give instructions for the use
of the voltage (#13-14) and current
(#16-17) calibration screens that follow. Continuing from this screen will
activate the relay and output according to preset parameters, so you should
only connect a multimeter set to either
volts or amps as appropriate.
#13-14 Voltage calibration
(Screen 9)
These pages switch on the relay and
6
12
11
80
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
set the voltage and current limit to
suitable levels for trimming the offset
(#13) and scale (#14) of the voltage calibration. Ensure that the two displayed
voltage values match, then connect a
voltmeter to the output. Adjust the offset or scale displayed on the second
line until the voltage values match the
voltmeter.
#13 delivers a voltage near 0V to
best trim the offset, while #14 delivers
a higher value to allow the scale to be
adjusted. The two values interact to a
small degree, so it is best to check back
on each and make small adjustments
until both are satisfactory.
#16-17 Current calibration
(Screen 10)
These are similar to #13-14 except
they work with current and thus
expect an ammeter to be connected.
Ensure that the setpoint and actual values shown match. This means that the
PSU output will be current-limited.
Be aware that a high current draw
will likely cause Q1’s temperature to
rise, so if a thermal trip occurs, you
can return to #15 to reset the fault. Like
the voltage calibration, the two values
will interact to a degree, so you should
perform a few calibration iterations to
confirm the values are correct.
thermometer. Switch to the scale (#19)
page and apply a high temperature;
around 60°C will be sufficient. Adjust
the scale to match the reading on the
thermometer. Recheck the values to
confirm that they are accurate.
#20-22 Other voltage calibrations
(Screen 12)
These voltage measurements do not
require an offset, so they can be calibrated by a simple scale value. Use
a multimeter to measure the voltage
and adjust the calibration parameter
until the measured voltage matches
the display. Use TP2 (relative to TP1
ground) for #20 OA+, TP3 for #21 +5V
and TP4 for #22 IN+.
None of these are critical to the operation of the PSU, since they are simply
used for warning alerts and user feedback. They will be accurate to within a
few percent without calibration.
#23 DC Limit (Screen 13)
If a DC supply is used, this should
be set to the maximum working current of the DC supply. The value is
used by the USB-C PSU to calculate
the upper limit that the current can
be set to if the current setpoint limiting is enabled.
the absolute value of the configuration value.
#25-26 Calibration setup (Screen 15)
The values shown on these screens
set the voltages and currents used for
the #12-17 calibration steps. They are
the raw DAC values that are used to
set the voltage and current when the
relay is activated, so they should not
need to be changed at all.
The LO value on the left is set by the
rotary encoder, while the HI value on
the right is set by the UP and DOWN
buttons. In general, the LO values are
used for offset factors, to allow the
variable to be trimmed close to zero.
The HI voltage value is used for the
voltage scale factor, with the current
set to LO, since a voltmeter will present no load.
Similarly, the HI current value is
used for the current scale factor, with
the voltage set to the LO value, since
an ammeter will effectively present
a short circuit and require negligible
voltage at the output. As long as the
voltage and current values on #12-17
are able to be achieved, there is little
to no reason to change the values on
#25-26.
Enclosure
These calibrations will probably be
unnecessary unless you have a vastly
different thermistor, so we don’t recommend changing them otherwise.
Like the voltage and current calibration, the temperature is calculated
using scale and offset values. For this
calibration, you will need an accurate
thermometer and a way of changing
the temperature of the thermistor over
a wide range.
Apply a low temperature (around
ambient) and adjust the offset (#18)
so that the reading matches the
This is used to set the direction and
steps per detent of the rotary encoder.
The UP and DOWN buttons change the
configuration value, while rotating the
encoder will be reflected in the TEST
display. A movement of one detent
clockwise should cause the test value
to increase by one.
Make sure to rotate for several
detents to check that there are no
missed or extra steps due to rounding.
If the movement is backwards (a clockwise motion decreases the value), the
sign of the configuration value should
be flipped (eg, from -4 to 4). If the test
value changes too much, decrease
Once you have completed the calibration, disconnect the power supply
and unscrew the thermistor from Q1.
Bend Q1 over as shown in the photos
to allow the PCB to fit into the enclosure. Adjust it so that you can check
where the screw will need to be fitted.
You will need a hole in the top of the
enclosure to attach Q1 for heatsinking,
plus two on the back panel, one for the
USB-C socket of the USB-PD module
and another to thread the screw for
securing the PCB.
We have provided a drilling diagram (Fig.7) matching our prototype,
but you might like to use your assembled PCB to mark out where the holes
7
8
9
13
14
15
#18-19 Temperature calibration
(Screen 11)
siliconchip.com.au
#24 Encoder setup (Screen 14)
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 81
need to be. In particular, it might be
better to drill the hole for Q1 to suit its
actual location. The panels and enclosure are quite thick but made of fairly
soft aluminium.
Make sure that the hole for Q1 has
no burrs that might short out to its tab,
since this will be live at the POWER+
voltage. The easiest way will be to rub
a small piece of sandpaper over the
inside of the hole and be sure to wipe
away any residue.
If you are using a DC source, you
might need to do something different
for the back panel. In that case, we suggest using a panel-mount DC socket
with flying leads back to the main PCB.
For the flying leads at CON2 or CON6,
consider soldering them to the underside of the PCB and feeding them up
through the strain relief holes.
We are now ready to close everything up. If you haven’t done so
already, terminate the leads for the
CON2 output and finalise your front
panel to suit. Slide the assembly into
the enclosure from the front and secure
the front panel PCB with the four
screws included with the enclosure.
The main PCB should be flush with
the back edge of the enclosure.
Fig.7: it’s best to
mark out your
panels for drilling
by lining them up
with the PCBs. The
hole for the USB-C
socket is shown as
rectangular, but
you could make
it by drilling out
a row of round
holes with a drill
and then leave the
corners rounded to
match the rounded
shape of the socket.
Rest the insulating pad on top of
Q1 and thread the 12mm-long M3
machine screw in from the outside.
Flip the enclosure over so that everything stays in place.
Add the thermistor, insulating
washer, flat washer and fasten the
nut to the screw to hold everything
together. The metal tab of Q1 is connected to its collector (and also the
POWER+ rail); this must be insulated
from the screw and enclosure. You
can check this with a multimeter set
to measure ohms.
Now attach the back panel using
the remaining case screws and use
the other 6mm-long machine screw to
secure the PCB to the back panel. This
will prevent the PCB from moving and
flexing Q1’s leads when the USB cable
is attached and detached. Finally, add
rubber feet to prevent the Power Supply from sliding around and scratching your workbench.
The PSU is now complete and ready
for use. We have set the temperature
setpoints to quite conservative values,
so you could increase them if you feel
comfortable doing so. The electronics
can handle somewhat higher temperatures, but the case may get too hot to
SC
touch at higher levels.
Silicon
Chip
as PDFs on USB
¯ A treasure trove of Silicon Chip magazines on a 32GB custommade USB.
¯ Each USB is filled with a set of issues as PDFs – fully searchable
and with a separate index – you just need a PDF viewer.
¯ 10% off your order (not including postage cost) if you are
currently subscribed to the magazine.
¯ Receive an extra discount If you already own digital copies of
the magazine (in the block you are ordering).
The USB also comes with its own case
THE FIRST SIX BLOCKS COST $100 OR PAY $650 FOR ALL SEVEN (+POSTAGE)
NOVEMBER 1987 – DECEMBER 1994
JANUARY 1995 – DECEMBER 1999
JANUARY 2000 – DECEMBER 2004
JANUARY 2005 – DECEMBER 2009
JANUARY 2010 – DECEMBER 2014
JANUARY 2015 – DECEMBER 2019
OUR NEWEST BLOCK OF ISSUES COSTS $150 →
JANUARY 2020 – DECEMBER 2024
WWW.SILICONCHIP.COM.AU/SHOP/DIGITAL_PDFS
Ordering the USB also provides you with download access for the relevant PDFs, once your order has been processed
82
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
SOnline
ilicon Chip
Shop
Kits, parts and much more
www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
Simple USB Power
Monitor
June 2026
Complete Kit
SC7683: $50
siliconchip.au/Article/20365
Includes the PCB, all onboard parts and some
clear heatshrink tubing to encase it. This unit
is not recommended for USB 3.1 PD above 36V.
Dual Mini LED Dice
August 2024
SMD LED Complete Kit
SC6961: $17.50
TH LED Complete Kit
SC6849: $17.50
USB Power Adaptors
May 2025
Complete Kit
with choice of USB socket
SC7433: $10
siliconchip.au/Article/16418
siliconchip.au/Article/18112
Includes either 3mm through-hole or 1206sized SMD LEDs. Choice of either white or
black PCB. CR2032 coin cell not included.
You can choose from one of four USB sockets
(USB-C power only, USB-C power+data, mini-B
or micro-B). The kit includes all other parts.
Compact HiFi Headphone Amplifier
Complete Kit
SC6885: $70
Human Comfort
Indicator
June 2026
December 2024
& January 2025
siliconchip.au/Series/432
This kit includes everything required to build the Compact HiFi Headphone Amplifier. The case is
included, but you will need your own power supply.
Mic the Mouse
Complete Kit
SC7508: $37.50
August 2025
siliconchip.au/Article/18637
It includes
everything
needed to build
one Mic the
Mouse, except for
solder, glue and a
CR2032 cell.
Complete Kit
SC7646: $60
siliconchip.au/Article/20362
Includes everything, except for the case and
Li-ion cell. You can either use a 3D printed
case (available separately) or a UB3 Jiffy box.
→ Subscribers receive a 10% discount on all purchases, except for subscriptions (postage is not discounted).
→ Prices listed do not include postage. Postage rates within Australia start at $12, rates are calculated at the checkout.
SERVICEMAN’S LOG
The Wimmera Boys
I
was in our factory in Melbourne when Raelene, our
Admin Manager, popped her head into the production
area and said that a young man was on the phone looking
for a job after completing his electronics degree at RMIT
in Melbourne.
As a hands-on technician without a degree, I rolled my
eyes and imagined that the hopeful young man had never
seen a soldering iron. Still, I asked Raelene if he mentioned
any skills he could bring to our company. She shook her
head, but then went on to say he hailed from a farm near
Horsham in Victoria.
That lightning bolt hit me hard; it meant he had to be a
Wimmera farm boy. My reply to Raelene was instantaneous:
tell him he has got a job and starts on Monday at 8am sharp!
Why are Wimmera boys renowned around the world? We
need only remember that they were in the trenches on the
Somme, the Kokoda Track and in the mines and drilling
rigs in the Pilbara in the 1970s.
True to his roots, young Richard turned out to be a stellar engineer. He did circuit design, microprocessor design
and heavy code all destined to be exported worldwide in
our drink can measurement systems.
That is how Richard and I ended up heading north out
of Kansas City on Interstate 29, bent on making St Joseph,
Missouri before dark. We were due at a large can-making
plant to service and update the software on our automatic
measurement gauge.
The next day, we fronted up at the plant and obediently
obeyed the sign asking us to leave our guns in the car before
signing in and taking our toolboxes to the plant’s laboratory. The QA Manager said the gauge was running well
and left us to it.
Richard set about connecting his laptop to start updating
the software while I unscrewed panels to inspect the gauge
mechanism and calibrate the internal probes and sensors.
Things were going well until someone, also a Wimmera
Boy, let the screwdriver brush against the MP44 microprocessor board, causing lots of sparks!
The gauge jolted, air cylinders stopped mid stroke and
the screen instantly displayed the classic black screen of
doom! Richard looked stunned and immediately rebooted
the gauge – nothing happened. He shook his head and confirmed that I had ‘taken out’ the microprocessor board and
that we didn’t have a spare.
Items Covered This Month
• The Wimmera farm boys
• An Acer laptop and a missing battery
• Repairing a Simpson washing machine
• Installing an irrigation controller
• Plus a faulty alarm controller
Cartoonist – Louis Decrevel
84
Silicon Chip
Website: loueee.com
We felt sick – the gauge was running well until we blew
it up – our American customer was not going to be happy!
What to do? I sat and went through our options; they
were all bad. Richard walked around the laboratory and
suddenly yelled, “Hey, look up on the shelf at the box with
a kangaroo on the side!”
He pulled it down, and we saw the words Versatile Technology, Made in Australia on the box. Rummaging through
the contents, Richard pulled out a brand-new MP44 microprocessor board. Richard swapped the MP44 boards, and
the gauge came up.
Now forbidden from approaching the gauge, I watched
him calibrate and upgrade the gauge software. The customer was delighted to see a new calibration sticker on his
gauge. We told him about the board and that we would be
sending a replacement board free of charge.
So, what did we learn that day? Firstly, don’t drop a
screwdriver on a live board! Secondly, encourage customers to purchase a box of recommended spare parts with
their gauges, and thirdly, and most importantly – when
all around is doom and gloom, hope that a Wimmera Boy
walks into the room!
Gerard Dean, Versatile Technology,
Oakleigh South, Vic.
Acer Aspire 5735Z laptop repair
My son came home from town and gave me an Acer
Aspire 5735Z laptop that he’d picked up at the Tip Shop.
It didn’t have a battery and the lid was jammed shut. Still,
I got the lid open by pushing on the broken latch release
with a metal rod. With it open, I could see that it was in
reasonable condition for a Windows Vista laptop that was
18 years old.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
This Acer Aspire 5735Z laptop was purchased without an
internal battery, and the lid was jammed shut.
I connected a charger and pressed the power button to
start it up. Of course, the CMOS battery (cell) was flat.
After setting the time and date and rebooting, Windows
7 Enterprise loaded, with a message that Windows was
not genuine. I’d be wiping the hard drive anyway, but I
clicked on “Ask me later” so I could open Notepad to test
the keyboard, which was good, with all the keys working.
I also ran msinfo32, which showed that it had an Intel
dual-core T3400 CPU at 2.16GHz and 2GB of PC2 RAM. I
shut the laptop down, got out my salvaged PC2 RAM and
found a matched pair of 2GB modules, then installed them.
Now the laptop would not boot. I checked each module
and found that one was bad, so I got another matched pair
and this time the laptop booted.
I turned it over and removed the large back cover, which
revealed the hard drive, RAM, Wi-Fi card and CPU heatsink. It would be very easy to upgrade the CPU on this laptop, but I still needed to replace the CMOS CR2032 cell,
which was on top of the motherboard.
I removed the keyboard, hoping that the cell might be
under it, but it wasn’t, so I removed the screws on the bottom of the laptop and started prising the top shell up from
the front. I could see the CR2032 cell in a holder not too
far in, so I was able to use a tool to flip it out and replace it
without having to completely dismantle the laptop.
I pressed the top shell back down, turned the laptop
over and reinstalled the screws holding the top and bottom shells together.
I removed the CPU/GPU heatsink by undoing three
screws. I looked online to find what CPUs were supported
by this motherboard; the choices were limited, as it has
a GL40 chipset, which limits the front-side bus (FSB) to
800MHz. This ruled out using an Intel Core2Duo P8600
CPU at 2.4GHz (1066MHz FSB), but I had an Intel DualCore T4500 CPU at 2.3GHz that I could use.
The motherboard supports the Core2Duo T8300 CPU
at 2.4GHz but I didn’t have one. Still, I can obtain one
for less than $10 from China if I wish to upgrade the
CPU later. After researching the performance difference,
I decided to order a T8300 from China to upgrade the
CPU later.
With the T4500 CPU fitted, I cleaned the heatsink, applied
new heatsink compound and refitted the heatsink/fan unit.
I noticed that the heatsink was completely clean and the
fan only had a very slight trace of dust on it, so it may have
siliconchip.com.au
been cleaned at some time in the past. There was evidence
of this large back cover having been removed previously
(two of the screws were missing).
While working on the laptop, I’d freed up the lid catch,
so it now worked. However, the front of the catch was broken off, so it needed to be fixed to make it usable. I looked
through some scrap laptop shells and found a serrated
piece on one, so I broke it off and filed it to fit in the recess
on the lid catch.
I carefully glued it in place with superglue, which is
ideal for gluing ABS plastic, as it partly melts the plastic,
ensuring a good bond.
I looked through my salvaged batteries to see if I had
a battery to fit this laptop, but I didn’t. I’ve previously
wrecked several non-working Acer laptops, but they were
completely different models, either with no battery supplied or a completely different type.
I looked on eBay for a battery, but they are between
$40 and $50, so I won’t be buying one. I’ll just use the
laptop with the charger for now. Maybe a battery will
turn up later.
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 85
I refitted the keyboard, then booted the Memtest86+
CD to test the newly installed RAM, which passed. Now
I could think about installing Linux on the 160GB hard
drive that came in the laptop. Whenever I get a second-
hand laptop, I always erase the hard drive contents. The
previous owner probably should have done that but they
often don’t.
I installed Big Linux, but after restarting, the laptop would
not boot. I wanted to have a look at the new Zorin 18.1 distro, so I tried to install it to dual boot, but the installation
crashed partway through.
I suspected there was something wrong with the hard
drive, so I swapped it out for a 320GB drive, but upon reinstalling Big Linux, I saw CD read errors. I knew the disc
was fine as I had used it successfully before, so it was the
optical drive that was at fault. I swapped in a spare one
after changing the faceplate and the bracket on the back,
and this time I was able to reinstall Linux.
It can be interesting to try different Linux distros and see
what they are like. Some of them install more smoothly
than others on these old systems.
For anyone considering switching from Windows or
macOS, it’s better to stick with reliable mainstream distros. While Ubuntu is quite popular, I’ve found it to be
somewhat of a learning curve for anyone switching from
Windows.
Kubuntu or Lubuntu are good for old hardware (especially Lubuntu). Linux Mint Cinnamon, which I’ve installed
on my wife’s laptop, is a lot faster than Windows 10.
Bruce Pierson, Dundathu, Qld.
Simpson 9.5kg washing machine repair
My wife told me that she was having trouble opening the
lid on our Simpson 9.5kg washing machine. It was jamming at the back and not opening all the way. I soon saw
that the right-hand hinge was broken.
We have a 7.5kg Simpson washing machine in which
the computer died in our boneyard (where we store old
washing machines for spare parts). I thought the lid was
the same as the 9.5kg washing machine and would fit. So
I thought it would be an easy repair.
86
Silicon Chip
An internal photo of
the Simpson-branded
washing machine.
I removed the four screws holding on the control panel,
lifted up the control panel and moved it behind the
machine, resting it on the tub. The lid hinges are held on
with four screws, which I removed. I installed the replacement lid and replaced the control panel.
However, when I tested the machine, it showed a lid
error, indicating that the lid was still open. I checked
the old lid and then realised that the lid switch was in
a different location on the two machines; this machine
had a tongue on the original lid that activated the lid
switch and the tongue was also locked by a solenoid
when the machine was in use. This did not exist on the
7.5kg machine.
I decided that the best course of action would be to
rewire this machine. I removed the lid switch from the
7.5kg machine and installed it in the 9.5kg machine. Next,
I needed to locate the wires for the original lid switch.
I could see that a wiring harness came from the front of
the machine and emerged under the computer inside the
control panel. After retrieving my multimeter, I started
removing plugs, testing for the lid switch while opening
and closing the lid. I could not find the wires for the lid
switch on the computer, but I could see other wires going
to the cycle control board.
The plugs on the cycle control board were too small for
me to be able to get the multimeter probes into. I decided
to use my buzz-box, as it has clips on the leads and I could
clip the leads onto two bent paperclips, which would fit
in the plugs.
I removed the plugs from the cycle control board and
checked them while activating the lid switch by raising and
lowering the lid. The lid switch wires were soon located
– two thin green wires connected to the right-hand plug
on the cycle control board. I cut the wires some distance
from the plug, then cut the wires from the replacement lid
switch to length.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
I bared the ends of the wires, soldered them together,
then covered the joints with heatshrink tubing. I plugged
the plug back into the cycle control board and tested the
washing machine to make sure that the lid switch was
working correctly.
My wife was happy to have the machine back in working order. She was also very happy to be rid of the lid
lock, which was an annoyance. When the machine went
out of balance and she needed to adjust the washing, she
had to wait about 10 seconds for the lid to unlock before
she could open it.
It was more of a nuisance than a safety feature. It’s just
common sense when lifting the
lid to wait for the bowl
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 87
to be stationary before putting your hands in to adjust the
washing.
It’s really handy keeping these old washing machines
for spare parts. If I had to buy new parts, the cost would
often exceed the value of the old machine.
Bruce Pierson, Dundathu, Qld.
K-Rain KRC9 irrigation controller installation challenges
My daughter asked me to help her partner connect a
new irrigation controller at her rental property. She said
it would be easy because her partner had put the controller in place and run the cables to the required locations.
There was one set of valves in the back garden and one set
in the front garden.
I asked what controller was being used so I could read
up on the details before starting. The manual showed how
to wire the valves and set them up. So, I was well prepared
when I went to carry out the work.
The controller was indeed attached to the wall with two
five-core, 20m-long cables run to the location of the back
garden valves. A third cable was run across the yard and
a fourth down the side of the house to the location for the
front garden valves.
What I wasn’t told was that, as the cables were supplied
as 20m long, the feed to the front garden had two joins to
complete the circuit.
The front solenoids would be 60m from the controller,
but the installation manual indicated that the wiring should
be 1mm diameter for runs over 50m. However, the cables
that had been purchased and run only had 0.5mm diameter wires. The three solenoids at the front only needed
four wires, so I decided to parallel two wires for the common to reduce the voltage drop along the cable and see if
that worked.
I joined the three cables leading to the front garden
together, then shorted the black and white wires at the
front garden end so I could identify which of the two cables
at the controller end I needed to use for the front valves.
The first cable I tested showed the short, so I marked it as
the front feed.
I then went back and shorted the remaining red, blue
Servicing Stories Wanted
Do you have any good servicing stories that you would like
to share in The Serviceman column in SILICON CHIP? If so,
why not send those stories in to us? It doesn’t matter what
the story is about as long as it’s in some way related to the
electronics or electrical industries, to computers or even to
cars and similar.
We pay for all contributions published but please note that
your material must be original. Send your contribution by
email to: editor<at>siliconchip.com.au
Please be sure to include your full name and address details.
and green wires together to prove the continuity of my
joints. All tested OK.
We then fitted the master solenoid and two others to a
manifold and connected the water supply. I connected the
solenoids to the cable running back to the controller. Now
satisfied that all should work, I switched on the power and
set the water to come on.
Nothing happened, although the controller showed a
display indicating that water should be running. I then
noticed that the fuse in the controller had blown. Did we
have a faulty solenoid or was the wiring faulty, despite
my testing?
I disconnected the solenoids and checked each one;
they were all OK. I started my working life installing
crossbar telephone exchanges, dealing with thousands
of wires; surely I did not make a mistake with five wires!
I then went back and double-checked my wiring joins;
they all looked good. This was turning out to be very
puzzling.
I decided to look at the unused cable that was going to
be for the back garden. I was amazed to see that the end
away from the controller had all the insulation stripped
from each wire and all five were shorted together! This was
the answer; when I initially shorted the black and white in
the front garden and tested it, I was seeing the back garden
cable with all the conductors shorted together.
Murphy’s Law was at it again. If I had tested the other
cable first, all would have been good. I can only assume
that all the conductors had been shorted together during
testing after manufacturing.
It was a simple matter to swap the cables at the controller and test again. To my relief, it all worked well that
time. The back garden would have to wait for another day.
John Western, Hillarys, WA.
Faulty alarm controller
The five wires shown inset had the insulation stripped
from their ends and were shorted together.
88
Silicon Chip
A few months ago, I received a phone call from a neighbor while we were out, informing us that our house alarm
was going off, although there was no sign of entry. I hurried back and found the key panel was indicating a battery fault.
The base unit is difficult to access, but when I managed
to get to it, I found the battery was flat. Interestingly, it felt
warm. It had only been replaced once in over 20 years, so
I fitted another from a nearby battery retailer (12V 7.2Ah).
The fault was cleared, and everything was OK – for about
eight days. Until 1:30am, to be precise, when it went off
again (sorry, neighbours).
With bleary eyes, I checked the battery; it was also flat
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Versatile
Battery
Checker
This tool lets you check the condition of most
common batteries, such as Li-ion, LiPo, SLA, 9V batteries, AA, AAA,
C & D cells; the list goes on. It’s simple to use – just connect the battery to the
terminals and its details will be displayed on the OLED readout.
Versatile Battery Checker Complete Kit (SC7465, $65+post)
Includes all parts and the case required to build the Versatile Battery Checker, except the optional
programming header, batteries and glue
See the article in the May 2025 issue for more details: siliconchip.au/Article/18121
and warm. I removed the battery and disconnected the AC,
put the battery on a charger, and decided to attack it in the
morning so that I could resume my beauty sleep (it didn’t
work, unfortunately).
The next morning, I examined the base unit. I connected
the battery through an ammeter and recorded 300mA discharge – that seemed a bit high. I connected the mains
input to check if it was charging, but it was still discharging at 50mA! I could see a bulge in the main filter cap, so
the board had to come out.
As you can see from the photo, there are lots of connectors. This alarm was installed by an electrician over 20
years ago when the house was being built. No doubt there
is a map of where they all go somewhere, but I can’t find
it, so I photographed it and also drew up a diagram of the
wire colour codes and locations.
As for the white commons, I marked each one with a different number of stripes using an indelible pen.
The chance of replacing a board of that vintage was vanishingly small, and replacing a whole alarm system seemed
horrifyingly expensive, so I thought I had better have a go
at repairing it. Replacing the bulging capacitor was easy;
it was 3300μF, but I replaced it with a 4700μF type I had
lying around. It had the same pin spacing, but I knew there
was more to it.
The bridge rectifier was OK but the readings around the
regulator seemed a bit strange. This was attached to the
large heatsink on the right. Once removed, it measured
80W with either polarity between the input and output.
This was an LM340T three-terminal regulator, which
siliconchip.com.au
is normally bulletproof. Perhaps trying to regulate a DC
voltage with a large AC component proved too much, and
it gave up the ghost. Luckily, I had one of them on hand
as well.
Everything has been good since – I wasn’t looking
forward to trying to identify all the inputs if I had to
replace it!
SC
Frank Murray, Downer, ACT.
Since Frank Murray didn’t have a wiring diagram for his
alarm controller, he took this picture and started marking
the wire colour codes.
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 89
SILICON
CHIP
.com.au/shop
ONLINESHOP
HOW TO ORDER
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5:00 AET, Mon-Fri)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
PO Box 194, MATRAVILLE, NSW 2036
(02) 9939 3295, +612 for international
You can also pay by cheque/money order (Orders by mail only) or bank transfer. Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip.
11/26
YES! You can also order or renew your Silicon Chip subscription via any of these methods as well!
The best benefit, apart from the magazine? Subscribers get a 10% discount on all orders for parts.
PRE-PROGRAMMED MICROS
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/9
$10 MICROS
$15 MICROS
ATtiny85-20PU
Graphing Thermometer (Mar26), Simple LC Meter (May26)
Simple USB Power Monitor (Jun26), Transceiver Test Set (Aug26)
ATmega328PB-AU Low-Power FM Transmitter (Sep26)
PIC12F617-I/P
Active Mains Soft Starter (Feb23), Model Railway Uncoupler (Jul23)
Battery-Powered Model Railway Transmitter (Jan25)
PIC16F1455-I/P
Battery-Powered Model Railway TH Receiver (Jan25)
Dual Train Controller (Transmitter / TH Receiver, Oct25)
PIC16F1455-I/SL Battery-Powered Model Railway SMD Receiver (Jan25)
USB Programmable Frequency Divider (Feb25)
Dual Train Controller (SMD Receiver, Oct25)
PIC16LF1455-I/P New GPS-Synchronised Analog Clock (Sep22)
PIC16F1459-I/P
Mains Power-Up Sequencer (Feb24 | repurposed firmware Jul24)
8CH Learning IR Remote (Oct24), Heat Transfer Controller (Aug25)
Vacuum Controller (Oct25), Adjustable Ultrasonic Cleaner (Jul26)
PIC16F15214-I/SN Silicon Chirp Cricket (Apr23), Mic The Mouse (Aug25)
PIC16F15214-I/P Filament Dryer (Oct24), Tool Safety Timer (May25)
PIC16F15224-I/SL Multi-Channel Volume Control (OLED Module; Dec23)
NFC IR Keyfob Transmitter (Feb25), Rotating Light (Apr25)
PIC16F18115-I/SN Model Railway Destination Display (Aug26)
Mighty USB-C Bench PSU (Oct26)
PIC16F18126-I/SL RGB LED Star (Dec25), DCC/DC Stepper Motor Driver (Apr26)
μDCC Decoder (May26; bell [G] or whistle [W])
PIC16F18146-I/SO Versatile Battery Checker (May25), RGB LED ‘Analog’ Clock (May25)
USB-C Power Monitor (Aug25), DCC Remote Controller (Feb26)
DCC Booster & Reverse Loop Controller (Mar26)
DCC Accessory Decoder (Snap / Servo-type, Jul26)
Mighty USB-C Bench PSU (Oct26)
STM32G030K6T6 Variable Speed Drive Mk2 (Nov24)
PIC16F1847-I/P
PIC16F18877-I/PT
Digital Capacitance Meter (Jan25)
Dual-Channel Breadboard PSU Display Adaptor (Dec22)
Wideband Fuel Mixture Display (WFMD; Apr23)
PIC16F88-I/P
Battery Charge Controller (Jun22), Railway Semaphore (Apr22)
PIC24FJ256GA702-I/SS
Ohmmeter (Aug22), Advanced SMD Test Tweezers (Feb23)
ESR Test Tweezers (Jun24), Human Comfort Indicator (Jun26)
PIC32MX170F256D-501P/T 44-pin Micromite Mk2 (Aug14), 4DoF Simulation Seat (Sep19)
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SP Micromite LCD BackPack V1-V3 (Feb16 / May17 / Aug19)
Advanced GPS Computer (Jun21), Touchscreen Digital Preamp (Sep21)
PIC32MX170F256B-I/SO
Battery Multi Logger (Feb21), Battery Manager BackPack (Aug21)
PIC32MX270F256B-50I/SP ASCII Video Terminal (Jul14), USB M&K Adaptor (Feb19)
STM32L031F6P6
SmartProbe (Jul25)
$20 MICROS
ATmega32U4
ATmega644PA-AU
PIC32MK0128MCA048
PIC32MX270F256D-50I/PT
Wii Nunchuk RGB Light Driver (Mar24)
AM-FM DDS Signal Generator (May22)
Power LCR Meter (Mar25)
Digital Preamplifier (Oct25)
$25 MICROS
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SO + PIC16F1455-I/SL
Micromite Explore-40 (SC5157, Oct24)
PIC32MX470F512H-120/PT Micromite Explore 64 (Aug 16), Micromite Plus (Nov16)
PIC32MX470F512L-120/PT Micromite Explore 100 (Sep16)
$30 MICROS
PIC32MX695F512H-80I/PT Touchscreen Audio Recorder (Jun14)
PIC32MZ2048EFH064-I/PT DSP Crossover/Equaliser (May19), Low-Distortion DDS (Feb20)
DIY Reflow Oven Controller (Apr20), Dual Hybrid Supply (Feb22)
KITS, SPECIALISED COMPONENTS ETC
NEOPIXEL RGB LED ANALOG CLOCK (SC7752)
(NOV 26)
Kit: includes everything in the parts list, with the PCB mostly assembled;
optional GNSS module available separately (see p33, Nov26)
- NEO-7M GNSS module (SC6737; $20) and external antenna (SC6738; $10)
- VK2828U7G5LF GNSS module (SC3362)
- BZ-121 GNSS module (SC7414)
PORTABLE EMF PROBE (SC7715)
(NOV 26)
HIGH POWER IDEAL BRIDGE RECTIFIER (SC7718)
(NOV 26)
AUDIO SPOT FREQUENCY TEST GENERATOR
(OCT 26)
$85.00
$25.00
$30.00
Kit: includes all parts except the case, cell and insulating tape (see p55, Nov26) $30.00
Kit: includes all the parts needed to build the TO-220 version (mostly SMD components)
without the conformal coating (see p73, Nov26)
$65.00
- 0.96in OLED display module, white (SC6936) or cyan (SC6176)
- PCM5102 DAC module (SC7749)
- NJM5532D ($3.50, SC7695) or NJM5532DD ($5.00, SC7694) dual op amp
MIGHTY USB-C BENCH PSU (SC7739)
(OCT 26)
Kit: an almost complete kit which includes the case, PCBs, USB-PPS module
and all onboard parts (see p33, Oct26)
- pre-assembled USB-C PPS control module (SC7740)
- 0.91in OLED screen (SC7484)
SEMICONDUCTOR ANALYSER (SC7725)
$10.00
$10.00
$95.00
$25.00
$7.50
(SEP 26)
Kit: includes an assembled PCB with the top-side components already fitted, plus
all other non-optional parts except for the case, battery & label (see p32, Sep26) $95.00
- Hammond 1593XBK plastic case (SC7732)
$17.50
LOW-POWER FM TRANSMITTER
- Elechouse FM transmitter module (SC7712)
- 0.96in OLED display module, white (SC6936) or cyan (SC6176)
- ND0205MA 3V-to-5V DC step-up converter module (SC7713)
(SEP 26)
BATTERY BACKPACK KIT (SC7707)
(SEP 26)
MODEL RAILWAY DESTINATION DISPLAY (SC7697)
(AUG 26)
Kit: includes all the parts except for a Li-ion cell (see p82, Sep26)
Kit: includes all parts, except for the OLED screen (see p54, Aug26)
$10.00
$10.00
$5.00
$25.00
$22.50
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
- 0.32in white OLED screen (SC7698)
- 0.50in white OLED screen (SC7699)
$5.00
$6.50
DCC ACCESSORY DECODERS
(JUL 26)
I2C CONTROLLER COMPLETE KIT (SC7690)
(JUL 26)
HUMAN COMFORT INDICATOR (SC7646)
(JUN 26)
PINBALL MACHINE KITS
(JUN 26)
SIMPLE USB POWER MONITOR (SC7683)
(JUN 26)
SIMPLE LC METER COMPLETE KIT (SC7657)
(MAY 26)
μDCC DECODER KIT (SC7617)
(MAY 26)
POWER AMPLIFIER CLIPPING INDICATOR (SC7649)
(MAY 26)
STEPPER MOTOR DRIVER KIT (SC7601)
(APR 26)
Snap-type (SC7685): includes the PCB and all non-optional onboard parts
Servo-type (SC7686): includes the PCB and all non-optional onboard parts
Includes the PCB and all onboard parts (see p83, Jul26)
Kit: includes all parts, except the case and battery (see p49, Jun26)
- white 3D-printed case: portrait (SC7453) or landscape (SC7684) version
- 3.3V GY-BME280 module (SC5482)
Control Board (SC7659): includes the PCB and all non-optional onboard parts
Power Supply (SC7680): includes the PCB and all onboard parts
Cable & Connector Set (SC7681): includes 17 10-pin box headers,
34 10-pin IDC connectors, 10m of 10-way ribbon cable,
30 2-way pluggable terminal blocks and 20 2-way polarised headers
Includes the PCB and all onboard parts (see p63, Jun26)
- 0.96in OLED display module, white (SC6936) or cyan (SC6176)
Includes all the parts and the 3D-printed enclosure (see p67, May26)
Includes all the parts and the optional piezo (wire not included). Specify if
you want a bell or whistle sound for the microcontroller (see p88, May26)
$40.00
$40.00
$30.00
$60.00
$12.50
$10.00
$150.00
$50.00
$65.00
$50.00
$10.00
$45.00
$25.00
Short-form kit: includes the PCB and all onboard parts, the case and power supply
are not included (see p35, May26)
$95.00
- pair of red & white PCB-mounting RCA sockets (SC2615)
$4.00
Includes all required parts for DCC or DC mode (see p55, Apr26)
*Prices valid for month of magazine issue only. All prices in Australian dollars and include GST where applicable. # Overseas? Place an order on our website for a quote.
$35.00
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
LASER COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER
↳ RECEIVER
↳ PROJECT 27 PCB
SKILL TESTER 9000
PICO GAMER
ESP32-CAM BACKPACK
WIFI DDS FUNCTION GENERATOR
10MHz to 1MHz / 1Hz FREQUENCY DIVIDER (BLUE)
FAN SPEED CONTROLLER MK2
ESR TEST TWEEZERS (SET OF FOUR, WHITE)
DC SUPPLY PROTECTOR (ADJUSTABLE SMD)
↳ ADJUSTABLE THROUGH-HOLE
↳ FIXED THROUGH-HOLE
USB-C SERIAL ADAPTOR (BLACK)
AUTOMATIC LQ METER MAIN
AUTOMATIC LQ METER FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
180-230V DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER
STYLOCLONE (CASE VERSION)
↳ STANDALONE VERSION
DUAL MINI LED DICE (THROUGH-HOLE LEDs)
↳ SMD LEDs
GUITAR PICKGUARD (FENDER JAZZ BASS)
↳ J&D T-STYLE BASS
↳ MUSIC MAN STINGRAY BASS
↳ FENDER TELECASTER
COMPACT OLED CLOCK & TIMER
USB MIXED-SIGNAL LOGIC ANALYSER (PicoMSA)
DISCRETE IDEAL BRIDGE RECTIFIER (TH)
↳ SMD VERSION
MICROMITE EXPLORE-40 (BLUE)
PICO BACKPACK AUDIO BREAKOUT (with conns.)
8-CHANNEL LEARNING IR REMOTE (BLUE)
3D PRINTER FILAMENT DRYER
DUAL-RAIL LOAD PROTECTOR
VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE Mk2 (BLACK)
FLEXIDICE (RED, PAIR OF PCBs)
SURF SOUND SIMULATOR (BLUE)
COMPACT HIFI HEADPHONE AMP (BLUE)
CAPACITOR DISCHARGER
PICO COMPUTER
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
↳ PWM AUDIO MODULE
DIGITAL CAPACITANCE METER
5MHZ 40A CURRENT PROBE (BLACK)
BATTERY MODEL RAILWAY TRANSMITTER
↳ THROUGH-HOLE (TH) RECEIVER
↳ SMD RECEIVER
↳ CHARGER
USB PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY DIVIDER
HIGH-BANDWIDTH DIFFERENTIAL PROBE
NFC IR KEYFOB TRANSMITTER
POWER LCR METER
WAVEFORM GENERATOR
PICO 2 AUDIO ANALYSER (BLACK)
PICO/2/COMPUTER
↳ FRONT & REAR PANELS (BLACK)
ROTATING LIGHT (BLACK)
433MHZ TRANSMITTER
VERSATILE BATTERY CHECKER
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK, 0.8mm)
TOOL SAFETY TIMER
RGB LED ANALOG CLOCK (BLACK)
USB POWER ADAPTOR (BLACK, 1mm)
HWS SOLAR DIVERTER PCB & INSULATING PANELS
SSB SHORTWAVE RECEIVER PCB SET
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
433MHz RECEIVER
SMARTPROBE
↳ SWD PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
DUCTED HEAT TRANSFER CONTROLLER
↳ TEMPERATURE SENSOR ADAPTOR
↳ CONTROL PANEL
MIC THE MOUSE (PCB SET, WHITE)
DATE
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
APR24
APR24
APR24
MAY24
MAY24
MAY24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUL24
JUL24
JUL24
AUG24
AUG24
AUG24
AUG24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
OCT24
OCT24
OCT24
OCT24
OCT24
NOV24
NOV24
NOV24
DEC24
DEC24
DEC24
DEC24
DEC24
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
FEB25
FEB25
FEB25
MAR25
MAR25
MAR25
APR25
APR25
APR25
APR25
MAY25
MAY25
MAY25
MAY25
MAY25
JUN25
JUN25
JUN25
JUN25
JUL25
JUL25
AUG25
AUG25
AUG25
AUG25
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/8
PCB CODE
Price
16102241
$5.00
16102242
$2.50
SC6904
$7.50
08101241
$15.00
08104241
$10.00
07102241
$5.00
04104241
$10.00
04112231
$2.50
10104241
$5.00
SC6963
$10.00
08106241
$2.50
08106242
$2.50
08106243
$2.50
24106241
$2.50
CSE240203A $5.00
CSE240204A $5.00
11104241
$15.00
23106241
$10.00
23106242
$12.50
08103241
$2.50
08103242
$2.50
23109241
$10.00
23109242
$10.00
23109243
$10.00
23109244
$5.00
19101231
$5.00
04109241
$7.50
18108241
$5.00
18108242
$2.50
07106241
$2.50
07101222
$2.50
15108241
$7.50
28110241
$7.50
18109241
$5.00
11111241
$15.00
08107241/2 $5.00
01111241
$10.00
01103241
$7.50
9047-01
$5.00
07112234
$5.00
07112235
$2.50
07112238
$2.50
04111241
$5.00
9049-01
$5.00
09110241
$2.50
09110242
$2.50
09110243
$2.50
09110244
$2.50
04108241
$5.00
9015-D
$5.00
15109231
$2.50
04103251
$10.00
04104251
$5.00
04107231
$5.00
07104251
$5.00
07104252/3 $10.00
09101251
$2.50
15103251
$2.50
11104251
$5.00
11104252
$7.50
10104251
$5.00
19101251
$15.00
18101251
$2.50
18110241
$20.00
CSE250202-3 $15.00
CSE250204 $7.50
15103252
$2.50
P9054-04
$5.00
P9045-A
$2.50
17101251
$10.00
17101252
$2.50
17101253
$2.50
SC7528
$7.50
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
USB-C POWER MONITOR (PCB SET, INCLUDES FFC)
HOME AUTOMATION SATELLITE
PICKIT BASIC POWER BREAKOUT
DUAL TRAIN CONTROLLER TRANSMITTER
DIGITAL PREAMPLIFIER MAIN PCB (4 LAYERS)
↳ FRONT PANEL CONTROL
↳ POWER SUPPLY
VACUUM CONTROLLER MAIN PCB
↳ BLAST GATE ADAPTOR
POWER RAIL PROBE
RGB LED STAR
EARTH RADIO
DCC DECODER
DCC BASE STATION MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL
REMOTE SPEAKER SWITCH
↳ CONTROL PANEL
DCC REMOTE CONTROLLER
MAINS HUM NOTCH FILTER
MAINS LED INDICATOR
DCC BOOSTER / REVERSE LOOP CONTROLLER
↳ FRONT PANEL
SOLAR PANEL PROTECTOR (WHITE)
GRAPHING THERMOMETER
PICOSDR CONTROL PCB
↳ RF PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
DCC/DC STEPPER MOTOR DRIVER
CALLIOPE AMPLIFIER
MICROMITE AUDIO PLAYER ADD-ON
↳ ALL-IN-ONE
μDCC DECODER
SIMPLE LC METER
WIFI ALARM MONITOR
POWER AMPLIFIER CLIPPING INDICATOR
PINBALL MACHINE CONTROL BOARD
↳ POWER SUPPLY
↳ PLAYER LED BOARD
↳ SCORE LED BOARD
↳ LED OUTPUT BOARD
↳ BUMPER LED BOARD
↳ CASCADE LED BOARD
↳ SWITCH INPUT BOARD
↳ GENERAL INPUT BOARD
↳ HIGH-CURRENT INTERFACE
↳ ROLLOVER INTERFACE
↳ BUMPER DRIVER
SSB TRANSMITTER (MikeOne/Two/Three)
SIMPLE USB POWER MONITOR
HUMAN COMFORT INDICATOR
ADJUSTABLE ULTRASONIC CLEANER MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL CONTROL PCB
SNAP-TYPE DCC ACCESSORY DECODER
↳ SERVO-TYPE
I2C CONTROLLER
TRANSCEIVER TEST SET RF/AUDIO PCB
↳ CONTROL PCB
MODEL RAILWAY DESTINATION DISPLAY
↳ FLEX ANTENNA PCB
SEMICONDUCTOR ANALYSER
LOW-POWER FM TRANSMITTER
↳ LID (BLACK, 0.8mm)
BATTERY BACKPACK
MIGHTY USB-C BENCH PSU MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL
AUDIO SPOT FREQUENCY TEST GENERATOR
DATE
AUG25
SEP25
SEP25
OCT25
OCT25
OCT25
OCT25
OCT25
OCT25
NOV25
DEC25
DEC25
DEC25
JAN26
JAN26
JAN26
JAN26
FEB26
FEB26
FEB26
MAR26
MAR26
MAR26
MAR26
APR26
APR26
APR26
APR26
APR26
APR26
APR26
MAY26
MAY26
MAY26
MAY26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUN26
JUL26
JUL26
JUL26
JUL26
JUL26
AUG26
AUG26
AUG26
AUG26
SEP26
SEP26
SEP26
SEP26
OCT26
OCT26
OCT26
PCB CODE
SC7527
15104251
18106251
09110245
01107251
01107252
01107253
10109251
10109252
P9058-1-C
16112251
06110251
09111241
09111243
09111244
01106251
01106252
09111245
01003261
10111251
09111248
09111249
17112251
04102261
CSE251101
CSE251102
CSE251103
09111242
01111212
01110251
01110252
09111247
04103261
01304261
01104261
08107261
08107262
08107263
08107264
08107265
08107266
08107267
08107268
08107269
08107260
08117261
08117262
06103261
04104261
21105261
04105261
04105262
09111254
09111255
09111256
06104261
06104262
09111252
06101233
P9062-1-C
CSE260501C
CSE260502
11105261
04107261
04107264
04111261
Price
$7.50
$3.50
$2.00
$3.00
$30.00
$2.50
$7.50
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$12.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$3.00
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$2.00
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$1.50
$2.50
$2.50
$15.00
$25.00
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$5.00
$3.00
$3.00
$3.00
$5.00
$5.00
$2.00
$2.00
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$3.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
NEOPIXEL RGB LED ‘ANALOG’ CLOCK (WHITE)
PORTABLE EMF PROBE
IDEAL BRIDGE RECTIFIER
↳ TO-246 VERSION
↳ SMD TO-263 VERSION
↳ SMD TO-220 VERSION
NOV26
NOV26
NOV26
NOV26
NOV26
NOV26
19101252
04109261
18109261
18109262
18109263
18109264
$15.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
NEW PCBs
We also sell the Silicon Chip PDFs on USB, RTV&H USB, Vintage Radio USB and more at siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3
1970s-style, lightweight
Bass Guita
tar
Valve AM
MP
If there’s one place valves are still used
extensively, it’s in musical instrument
amplifiers, where their soft overload
characteristics and non-linearities
are not just desirable but critical to
the sound. This bass amp has a pretty
simple circuit, but it makes an excellent
practice amp.
Vintage Electronics by Fred Lever
T
he Fender Bassman article by Brandon Speedie (April 2024 issue;
siliconchip.au/Article/16218)
struck a chord with me (no pun
intended). In the 1970s, I made dozens of “Woden” bass amplifiers, first
with valves and then transistors. I
used amplifier designs from the electronic magazines of the time, and
92
Silicon Chip
recommendations from the valve
manufacturers, modified to suit what
I thought was the way to go.
One thing I never did make was a
classic all-in-one small valve bass amp
like the Fender. Most of my amplifiers were head units that could sit in a
rack or on a speaker box.
The speaker box used may have
Australia's electronics magazine
been an existing unit or made using
12-inch (300mm) or 15-inch (380mm)
drivers. An amplifier the size of the
Fender Bassman was OK for small
stage use or for practising, but would
not fill a venue with driving bass. If
that was required, a Fender could be
monitored with a microphone and that
signal fed to a bigger amplifier.
The other aspect of a Bassman
amplifier was the fabled Fender ‘tone
stack’. I never fitted any more than the
regular cut and boost or an equaliser
to my amplifiers. Guitarists inserted
voice boxes and equaliser preamps
of their own into the signal path to
shape the music, and my amplifiers
really just provided the ‘guts’ to fill
the audience area with sound.
The ‘tone stack’, combined with the
all-valve lineup, was a bit of a mystery
to me. So it was finally the time to make
the effort to build one and find out.
This amplifier is a nice matching
unit for a 1960s-style lightweight
bass guitar I made, as you can see in
the lead photo. I found a modern 9kg
solid-body bass guitar just too heavy
to wear standing, so made a ‘stick’
bass. I grafted a ready-made stock fretboard, pickup and string fittings onto
a length of Tasmanian Oak and completed the body with three-ply, giving
a total weight of 5kg.
My amplifier cabinet here is similar to the Fender Bassman in that it
has a 15-inch single speaker with the
amplifier head built into the top of the
assembly. Unlike the Fender, I refuse
to mount valves upside down; I hate
valves falling into the cabinet during
transport!
So I decided to make a two-part
assembly with the valves and heavy
parts in a normal chassis that slides
into place on cleats, and a horizontal
upper panel with all the controls on it.
I have some 6DQ6 TV sweep valves
and plenty of 12xx7 twin triodes, so
I used those and wired them up in
a manner very close to the Bassman
circuit shown on page 91 of the April
2024 issue. I did make some changes
to suit the parts on hand, mainly the
6DQ6 valves.
As the output valves determined
what sort of transformers were needed,
I decided to start there and wind my
own, having the necessary wire, laminations and a winding machine.
In the March 1962 Radiotronics
application notes, Class-AB audio
operation of 6DQ6 valves requires a
siliconchip.com.au
plate (HT) of 440V DC and a screen
voltage of 200V DC. That results in a
single output pair giving a theoretical
80W when biased with about -40V into
a load of 3.6kW.
The notes indicate a valve draw
of 300mA, so I budgeted for a total
of 350mA HT at 440V DC. Add the
total heater consumption of about 5A
at 6V and the required power transformer rating is 184VA. I confirmed
this assessment by finding my chassis build notes of some bass amplifiers with 6DQ6s I built back in the
1970s and checking what transformers
I wound then.
Unlike the Fender circuit, with one
valve rectifier and the full voltage
applied to the plates and screen droppers, I used two silicon bridge rectifiers in a two-winding stacked supply
to give 200V and 450V. Doing that
reduces the voltage applied to each
rectifier and the smoothing capacitors.
Otherwise, I followed the Fender
plan, with the 12AX7 phase splitter
driving the output valves, the 12AX7
direct-coupled ‘Fender stack’ tone
controls and the 12AY7 high- and lowlevel preamplifier.
The output transformer had the primary winding for each valve wound
bifilar to provide equal impedances for
the valves. While home constructors
can safely make their own inter-stage
or output transformers, they should
not attempt mains transformers since
the safety requirements are critical.
Given the relatively odd set of voltages required for this build (2 × 6V,
40V, 160V & 210V), to use off-theshelf transformers, you would likely
need several with the primaries wired
in parallel. A good source of possibly suitable transformers in Australia is: www.antekinc.com/power-
transformers
Failing that, there are local manufacturers like Harbuch Electronics (www.
harbuch.com.au) and TorTech Pty Ltd
(www.tortech.com.au) that can make
custom transformers for you.
Evatco also sell Hammond-branded
transformers, which are well suited for
valve amplifiers (www.evatco.com.au/
transformers).
If you can’t get the exact voltages
I used, you have the option of using
slightly higher voltages (based on
what’s available) and adding wirewound resistors to drop the voltages
to be closer to mine. If doing this,
make sure to over-rate the resistors for
siliconchip.com.au
dissipation and mount them so that the
extra heat won’t cook anything critical!
More on sourcing transformers later;
first, let’s look at what I built.
The chassis
I made the steel bottom section with
the transformers and output valve
stages at one end and the input valve
stages at the other end – see Photo 1.
The chassis is made of some scrap
1mm sheet steel pieces I had, about
400 × 200mm. I bent and drilled one
of those to my rough circuit layout and
put plenty of holes in the surfaces to
take all the parts my circuit indicated
were needed.
For the top control panel, I chalked
in logical groups of parts with the signal flowing from the input sockets on
the left, through the volume and tone
controls in the centre. The power
switches, fuse and a line output jack
are on the right-hand side, above the
output valves and transformers.
A modern designer would make a
3D CAD drawing and place the parts.
An old builder like me looks at the
proposed circuit, shuffles the parts
around on the chassis surface until
they all fit, then draws centre lines,
punches them and cuts holes. I sanded
the metal until it was bright, washed it
down with Prepsol and sprayed on a
coat of plain grey epoxy anti-rust paint.
Referring to Photo 2, the signal
comes in through the phono jack sockets on the left and down to the lower
chassis, then travels straight across
through the preamp, tone control and
phase splitter valves. The signal stream
tees back out through holes next to the
mini 9-pin valve sockets, up to the
tone control groups. All that wiring
is shielded to minimise hum pickup.
The output valves are next, feeding down to the output transformer.
The plate wires come straight out of
the transformer, directly to the valve
cap fittings.
Photo 1: the drilled and painted chassis, ready for components to be installed.
Photo 2: the control panel mounts right above the chassis.
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 93
Photo 3: I was able to keep the smaller components under the chassis fairly neat. Leakage in the old Bakelite tag strips
caused me some problems, though!
The two items next to the output
valves are the bridge rectifiers, with
the power transformer below.
I used ceramic sockets for the hot
high-voltage high-power items; I
learned that lesson very early on.
The bridge rectifiers are soldered into
plug-in bases with an idea of possibly
hiding them later in defunct valves for
that vintage envelope look.
The mains power controls are on
the right-hand side of the top panel.
Getting the output stage going
I wired up the mains supply and
output stages first to check that my
old valves worked and the transformers were satisfactory. After some initial problems using 50-year-old parts
(unformed electrolytics, weak valves,
failing minor components), the output
pair came to life and a load test showed
my transformers were on the mark for
voltages and the output impedance
conversion.
On a straight power output test, the
HT supply drooped to 430V/190V for
the 6DQ6 pair with a 60W continuous
sinewave into 8W (resistive) at clipping. That meant I could call the amplifier a 60W unit. The HT power supply
droops nicely, being 460V/210V with
no load to 430V/190V on load.
The 6DQ6 valves go gracefully into
overload, with bags of low order harmonic distortion, which is exactly
what you want for an electric guitar
or bass (see Scopes 1 & 2). Hifi enthusiasts would faint at 30% THD, while
94
Silicon Chip
guitarists just turn the volume knob to
11 to get more!
In Scope 1, the yellow trace is the
sine input and the cyan trace is the
speaker output. The valves are starting to clip and distort on the flanks.
In Scope 2, the yellow input level has
just about doubled, but the output has
just clipped off, with loads of flank
distortion but no more sound level.
All that changes is the tone; the string
note sounds more like a raspy woodwind instrument.
In Fig.1, the cyan curve is the maximum output with a 60Hz input sinewave with the load varied from 2W to
16W. The amplifier’s power delivery
is pretty flat from 6W to 10W, ideal for
an 8W speaker load.
Fig.1: the cyan curve shows how
the amplifier’s output power varies
with the load impedance/resistance
at 60Hz, while the red curve is its
frequency response at around 40W
average output. Maximum power is
with a load of around 8-9W, so an 8W
loudspeaker is the ideal choice.
Australia's electronics magazine
The red curve is the frequency
response from 30Hz to 6000Hz at
about 40W. Under 100Hz, the output
sinks like a stone due to high-pass
(AC-coupling) filter roll-offs and transformer saturation. Above 1kHz, lowpass roll-offs do likewise; the amp is
pretty much mute above 10kHz.
Pre-amp stages
The preamps worked as expected,
apart from a hair-tearing time where
leakage in the old Bakelite tag board
caused havoc with the high-impedance
volume control circuits.
The Bakelite had measurable resistance in the megohms range between
the tags that the 12AY7 plate coupling
capacitors and grid feeds were terminated onto. That put ‘ghost resistances’
into the potentiometer connections,
and the volume controls interacted
weirdly with each other. Turning one
channel volume down would cause
the other channel volume level to rise!
Shifting those wires onto a new piece
of tag board restored sanity.
With that problem out of the way, I
checked each stage for gain and measured the overall sensitivity. The full
volume sensitivity with the tone controls at their mid positions was around
20mV for a 60W output on the number
1 low-level input.
With a 60Hz sinewave input, the
12AY7 had a gain of 7 times from
jack socket to plate; the 12AX7 had
about 40 times from its grid to plate;
the phase inverter 12AX7 about 17
siliconchip.com.au
times; and the 6DQ6, about 12 times.
Of course, there are insertion losses
between each stage. An input of 20mV
input yields 20V across the speaker
coil. This gives an overall gain of about
1000 times.
The ‘Fender tone stack’
I swept the input signal to the amplifier with a sinewave from 10Hz to 2kHz
(remember, this is a bass amplifier)
to get an idea of the effect of the controls on the frequency response. The
reading CRO is connected across the
speaker voice coil.
There is an excellent article describing these tone controls in Silicon Chip,
April 2024, on page 90. My controls
may not do exactly what is described
in the magazine, but they do something
fairly logical. All the controls interact
with each other.
Scopes 3-10 were made with all the
controls set to mid position as default
and then one control moved up or
down. The bass, mid and treble controls all work as you would expect, but
the Presence control is the odd one.
Being in the feedback loop, it affects
the overall level as well as boosting
the midrange and bass. So, you have
four controls that interact with each
other. A guitarist just turns the knobs
until the sound is ‘right’.
Scope 1: the input (yellow) and output
(cyan) waveforms at the onset of
clipping (60W in 8W).
Scope 2: the same waveforms as in
Scope 1 but with the level pushed up
well into clipping.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Chassis assembly
I mounted two long tag strips across
the chassis, intending to place most
of the parts onto them. On the right
in Photo 3, the power transformer
connections and bias rectifier parts
use the majority of the strip. I used
0.75mm V90 mains-rated flexible
cable, not radio hookup wire, for the
power and HT wiring. For the signal
connections, I used ordinary hookup
or shielded wire.
The HT filter capacitors are mounted
in the centre, along with the various
HT dropper resistors and smaller filter capacitors.
Using the tag strip to mount the
parts around the preamp valves was
a disaster, as mentioned earlier. The
Bakelite exhibited measurable leakage
of a few megohms between tags. This
phantom leakage played havoc with
high-impedance parts of the circuit,
so in the end, I connected most of the
signal components point-to-point on
the valve sockets.
I also mounted a new, small strip
on the back panel to provide points
siliconchip.com.au
Scopes 3-10: these sweeps show how the frequency response changes with each
tone control adjustment. From top-to-bottom, left-to-right they are: bass down,
bass up, treble down, treble up, midrange down, midrange up, presence down &
presence up.
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 95
for high-impedance signal wires that
couldn’t be run directly.
I ran an Earth bar across the chassis
from the mains Earth stud on the righthand side over to the left, securing
the bars with lugs bolted into unused
holes. Small components could then
be mounted from the valve sockets
to Earth. The heater wires were connected with two-pair twisted wire.
Later on, during testing, each side of
the heater supply was linked to Earth
to test for the lowest hum level on
full volume. On both supplies, Earthing one particular side of the heaters
gave far quieter results than the other.
To reduce the mains hum pickup,
all the signal leads teeing off to go to
the front panel were shielded, with
the braid at one end only connected
to Earth via the bus bar.
Most of the small components are
from Jaycar. The valves, valve sockets
and main electrolytics were new-old
stock from the 1960s. All resistors are
large-body, 1W ±5% types.
Under the top panel (Photo 4), the
controls have the associated small
components mounted directly onto
them; the signal phono jacks are on the
right, with the tone stack controls in
the centre. All the mains-rated power
wiring was spaced well away to the
left. Any exposed power connections
were sleeved with heatshrink tubing.
The chassis could be a conventional
front panel layout, with much shorter
wiring between the controls and the
valves. The layout used here was simply something I had not done before,
and I wanted to give it a go. As long
as common sense is used, the layout
is not critical.
In Photo 4, you will note a spring bar
arrangement between the two valves.
The spring and bar exert a small pressure via the top caps. This is to ensure
the top cap lead does not pop off from
an impact during transit. A plate lead
coming off means a glowing screen
and a ruined valve. I prefer the extra
expense of the spring assembly over
a warranty call.
The chrome handle at the back of
the chassis is a grip point so you don’t
put your fingers into the HV area when
lifting the chassis out.
Making the speaker box
I dropped into Bunnings and bought
a couple of sheets of ‘marine’ five-ply
and eight lengths of 20 × 10mm rectangular bar. The design process started
with a front speaker panel just wide
enough to mount a 15-inch speaker
inside a frame; everything else was
sized from that.
I placed a 15-inch old-stock speaker
onto a five-ply sheet and figured I
could fit the chassis and speaker into
a 600mm-high, 460mm-wide and
225mm-deep box, making a simple
open-back cabinet. I cut the front
speaker panel to 600 × 400mm and
then made a flat bar rectangular frame
to fit that. This frame has butt joints
screwed and glued together. For the
wood, I would recommend using Titebond wood glue, which you can find
online without much trouble.
The next step was to cut the hole for
the speaker in the front panel and glue
the panel to the frame (see Photos 5 &
6). Then I plated the sides and bottom
with sheets, leaving the top open for
the control panel. To allow the chassis
assembly to slide in, I cut the top rear
bar out of the frame once the glue had
set and the frame was solid.
I added the necessary slide rails
to carry the weight of the amplifier
assembly and a removable rear panel
to trap the whole chassis assembly into
place. Photos 7 & 8 are views of the
amplifier during construction.
No thought was given to speaker
box parameters or acoustics. This
“Fender” is an open-back plywood
box with all the back wave cancellation, resonances and foldback built in
at no extra cost!
I coloured the cabinet in the same
style as the guitar, mainly in red with
some black contrasts. I simply painted
the timber cabinet with a Cherry Red
enamel spray can from Bunnings (the
horror!).
The first step was to spray the inside
with matte blackboard paint and continue the black to the outside in a few
places. The surfaces that were going
to get red were undercoated with two
brushed coats of wood sealer. I cut
that back with 120-grit sandpaper to
smooth out some of the rough areas.
I emptied a full can of Cherry Red
spray over the box in two coats. First
came a tack-dry coat, then a second
layer as thick as I dared; the can ran
out just as I finished. I left it for a day
Photo 4: a better
view of how the
front panel controls
and connectors
are wired into the
chassis. The spring
contraption stops
the valve caps from
falling off if the unit
gets rough handling
– as such gear often
does!
96
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Photos 5 & 6: the cabinet frame after I cut out the loudspeaker hole but before I attached the side panels. And another
photo with the 15-inch (380mm) speaker driver mounted.
to cure. I did not touch the surfaces
with abrasive paper after that; I wanted
a slightly rough texture all over.
All sanding back does is expose
more imperfections in the surface,
and there are plenty of those with
scratches, nail heads, hammer and saw
mishaps. This is definitely not a craft
finish, but an ‘industrial’ treatment, as
is the guitar. Someone building a similar cabinet could use a vinyl wrap as
an alternative.
Back in the old days, we glued
black ‘leatherette’ straight over the
bare wood. That covered up any stray
holes and imperfections, and it can be
stretched to pull around corners and
held down with suitcase corners and
tacks if necessary.
A bit of added ‘bling’ is the name
“Woden” in modest 3-inch (76mm)
letters across the box front and a card
on the control panel depicting the control positions and Mr Woden wielding a four-string axe (see Photos 9 &
10 overleaf).
The loudspeaker
I started by using a very old (1980s)
Jaycar 15-inch loudspeaker (Cat
CG2382) with a two-inch (50mm) voice
coil as a trial for measurements, and
left that in place to see how it would
perform on actual guitar playing. The
answer was: terrible. The speaker was
a reject, having a loose magnet, with
the voice coil rubbing slightly.
The basket on those 1980s speakers was just too flimsy; even being
dropped while in the shipping box
could knock the magnet crooked. I
straightened the frame and epoxied
the magnet into place. That made the
speaker usable, but on playing tests,
it was pretty ordinary.
siliconchip.com.au
Photo 7: the chassis installed
in the frame with the side &
back panels now attached.
Photo 8: a better view of
the internals with the back
panel removed.
I bought a cost-effective
Celestion TF1525 unit with
a 2.5-inch (63.5mm) voice
coil and 200W rating. With
a proper bass guitarist pushing the strings, the Celestion
driver was way superior to
the ancient driver. Overall,
the tone balance was biased
more to the bass end, but
not so much as to skew the
tone balance of the guitar
fretboard.
The big difference was
the more direct translation
of the strings and fingering
and a lack of colouration
by the speaker cone. That
is the difference between
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 97
making a noise and making music.
The Celestion speaker has a variable
radius section, smooth cone that works
much better compared to the basic
flat-with-corrugations surface of the
old unit.
The Celestion cone moved freely,
unsupported by any box back-loading,
but did not sound like it was pushed
into non-linearity on larger excursions. The valves are already doing
that nicely, running near their maximum output.
The amplifier simply cannot provide anything more than about 100W
of power to the speaker cone. I am confident that the speaker can take that all
night with minimal heating, so it is in
no danger in this build.
The speaker is fixed ‘back of panel’,
not with wood screws, but with largeheaded through-bolts, to ensure the
basket is clamped down tightly and
cannot move or vibrate. A stock
15-inch mesh speaker protection grille
is attached to the timber on the outside to give the cone some accident
protection, as well as neatening the
look of the speaker cut-out, and covering unused spare holes.
The bass guitar
The guitar is based on a solid-body
bass kit from Pit Bull (similar to the
kit reviewed by Keith Walters in the
November 2017 issue; siliconchip.
au/Article/10870). I did not use the
heavier solid body that comes with
the kit, but bonded the kit neck onto
a beam of Tasmanian Oak (Photo 11)
and made a hollow body.
The hollow body was constructed
from marine three-ply and simply
serves to give some shape. The body
has no other function, and could have
been a triangle, star shape or none at
all as it has no musical function (the
Steinberger electric bass famously
has a tiny body, just enough to hold
on to).
The fretboard neck is screwed and
epoxied into a socket in the slab of oak
(see Photo 12). That makes an almost
continuous backbone for the
strings to stretch from
the anchor plate to
the tuning pegs.
The three-ply
body is shaped
and screwed into blocks glued around
the body perimeter. The oak plank has
recesses chiseled out for the pickups
and anchor plate.
I copied the overall dimensions
from a finished kit so the string height
and length were standard. The weight
saving comes from losing the equivalent of about half the volume of the
solid body.
I also added some thumb rests.
Keeping it simple, the only control
is one volume control with the two
pickups wired in series through the
potentiometer to a standard phone
jack socket.
A builder may consider using a
more complex tone and pickup combinations, such as those described by
Brandon Speedie in September 2024
(siliconchip.au/Article/16581).
I stained the oak and ply with
clear varnish tinted with Cherry Red
enamel. I applied enough coats to fill
Photos 9 & 10: the finished amplifier looking spiffy with its
Woden-themed artwork. And of course the knobs go all the
way up to 11!
98
Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: the circuit uses
a tried and tested
configuration, with twin
triode V1 acting as the
preamplifier and twin
triode V2 providing
further amplification.
The output of V2 feeds
into the tone control
network, then to V3,
which acts as a phase
splitter to drive the
output valves, V4 & V5.
Warning: all the HT rails in this circuit (150V, 180V, 200V,
250V, 325V, 380V, 460V etc) carry lethal voltages when
the circuit is powered and for some time after. All wiring
must have a suitable high voltage rating and all joints
need to be insulated properly. Do not make contact with
any part of the circuit while power is applied.
the wood grain until a smooth finish
was achieved. The side section was
filled with a band of alloy strip, adding to the ‘homemade’ 1970s feel, as
seen in Photo 13. A normal shoulder
strap with stud attachments sufficed
for the weight.
Making one of your own
Making a valve amplifier nowadays will be dictated by which output
valves you use and then sourcing output and power transformers to match
the valve impedance and voltage
requirements. I used the 6DQ6 valves
here because I had them and had used
them before (see my circuit diagram,
shown in Fig.2).
siliconchip.com.au
Photo 11: this is essentially a complete
electric bass – just a little hard to hold
on to!
Australia's electronics magazine
Photo 12: gluing and screwing the
fretboard neck onto the panel that
will be the back of the guitar.
November 2026 99
They were also used in an Electronic Australia guitar amplifier in June and July 1967 by Tony Leo, called
the Playmaster 116 & 117. Those articles are worth
reading; you may prefer the tone controls or even
the complete circuit they used.
While the 6DQ6 is basically a TV sweep generator, the maker was happy for it to be used as a linear amplifier. The smaller 6CM5 was not a good
valve for audio work, basically being a switchmode valve. I know they were used by AWA in
commercial PA amplifiers, but I had no luck in
getting consistent results.
There is a raft of other big valves you can use, like
the KT66, that sell for silly amounts. In later Woden
builds, my go-to valve was the 6CA7. These yielded
about 90W per pair with 700V on the plates. They
would work well in this circuit; all the connections
are via base pins, so you can keep the killer voltages
inside the chassis.
Once you have your proposed valves, consider the
transformers. If you can wind your own, the problem
is solved. There are some interesting websites that
detail the use of stock power transformers as output
transformers, using either a single unit with a centre-tapped primary or two transformers (try a web
search for “cheap output transformers”).
Suppliers such as Evatco list sensible units such as
their 1750L for around $200-300. Keep in mind that
this is a guitar amplifier, and very expensive high-
fidelity transformers are not needed.
Power transformers with 6.3V heater windings and
useful HT windings abounded in old valve TV sets.
What could feed a B/W TV containing a 6DQ6/6CM5
sweep valve and a dozen other 9-pin valves is going
to have enough wattage for any small
guitar amplifier.
Alternatively, transformers
always bob up on eBay and other
auction sites. New transformers
can be bought for large amounts
of money.
With the valves and transformers sorted, the rest of the parts can
be straight from Jaycar, Altronics
or other suppliers on the web. The
thing with a guitar amplifier is that
nothing is critical. The parts can be
±5% or ±10% tolerance; achieving flat
responses and perfect linearity is not
important.
As for the fabled ‘Fender Stack’ tone
controls, well, you can take your pick
and use those or just put in a Baxandall
bass and treble set like the PM117. A
bass player will just set their pickups and any tone controls to get the
‘right’ sound.
The chassis can be a conventional design with the controls
on the front, just like the PM117. The actual
dimensions of the chassis will be dictated
mainly by the size of the transformers; the
speaker box and amp box can be all-in-one.
My theory for bass is that you want mass in
the box, so the box and speaker frame stand
still and only the cone vibrates.
A light box with a weak front panel can have
the cone tending to stand still and the panel and
box vibrate! That isn’t the most efficient or accurate way to promote bass sound waves.
My Woden FB60 weighs in at 20kg. It needs
a trolley to move it, or a big roadie, but the box
does not flap around. Building the system into
separate head and speaker boxes makes it easier
to transport.
Since making the Bassman replica amplifier, I
spent a significant amount of time investigating
sources of power transformers, output transformers and output valves that may be used in a modern
guitar amplifier.
Power transformers
I came to the conclusion that there are a lot of ex
radiogram and television power transformers that
can be pressed into service. In their former use, these
provided a 250V HT rail and lit up a dozen or more
6/12V valves, similar to the wattage load of a 50W
guitar amplifier. A doubler or tripler may be used to
get a higher HT value. Of course, you can always buy
a new transformer to suit your valves from a supplier
like Evatco.
Output transformers
The field here is limited. You are pretty much stuck
with buying a purpose-made unit from Evatco or finding one. I tested some alternatives, such as using stock
power transformers. There are limitations and drawbacks to this idea but they can be made to work.
Alternatively, you can use a transistor based amplifier as the final stage, giving a so-called ‘hybrid’ design.
However, then you lose a lot of the character of the
valve amplifier that’s so desirable to
musicians.
Photo 13: the completed bass guitar.
It weighs about half of a solid-bodied
equivalent.
100
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
Output valves
While any high-power tetrode or
pentode will work, the best value
valve to use is the 6CA7 tetrode, also
known as the EL34 pentode. These
were the workhorse valve in the olden
days and nowadays are still available at
a cost-effective price.
For guitar work, odd pairs are fine –
matched pairs are not needed. I have
bought single valves for as little as
$40 each from various sources, so I
suggest these are the valves to use.
This article is a condensation of
two main projects lodged on the
Vintage Radio forum website, see
https://vintage-radio.com.au/default.
SC
asp?f=12&th=139
siliconchip.com.au
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Send your email to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Semiconductor Tester
hfe measurement
I have ordered the Semiconductor
Analyser kit (September 2026 issue;
siliconchip.au/Article/20718) and
have some comments and questions.
1. Units to do the same job are somewhat plentiful on Amazon, AliExpress
and all the usual suspects prices from
the low $20s up. I have no idea about
their accuracy, though.
2. They all seem to have the same
limitation, that is, the collector current at which the measurement is
done varies quite considerably even
between transistors of the same type.
I’d expect this of the simpler testers,
as the hfe value varies with collector
current. This makes the unit suitable
for transistor testing only, not for characterisation, in my opinion.
3. I’m looking for a unit that I can
use for characterisation that works as
follows:
a. Set the maximum values for Ic and
Vce. There would have to be sensible
limits for these.
b. Start the test. The unit ramps up
Vce, then ramps up Vbe until the Ic is
reached.
c. The unit then presents Vbe and
hfe at a minimum.
Higher-power devices could be
accommodated using external power
supplies, such as your units.
As far as I can tell, you’d get better matches for transistors using this
method. I don’t have the expertise to
create such a beast. How does this
compare to your Tester?
I built the kit and it works. When
I connected a 2SC5242 to it, the hfe
reading varied between 78 and 83 from
one test to another. The Vbe stayed
constant. Once a test is complete, the
screen stays on for about 10 seconds,
then switches off. I’ll test some other
transistors later.
It would be good if when you’re running off batteries it switched off, say,
after 20 seconds and, if you’re running it off the USB port that it stays
on until either you hit the test button
siliconchip.com.au
again or disconnect the USB port. (K.
J., Cleveland, Qld)
● Andrew Levido responds: The
Semiconductor Analyser does work
largely as you suggest, with two exceptions described in brackets below.
Using the step numbering in your
email:
1. Vce is limited to a maximum of
12V and Ic is limited to a maximum
of around 10mA.
2. Ib (not Vbe) is ramped up until the
collector current is in the range 8.5
±0.5 mA. The code uses a binary search
algorithm to find the value of base current that puts the collector current into
the target range, because this is much
faster than a linear search given several
decades of base current range.
3. The hfe and the actual collector
current are displayed.
The upshot is that all hfe measurements are taken with Vce of 3.5 ±0.5V
and an Ic of 8.5 ± 0.5mA, so comparisons across similar devices should be
meaningful.
An hfe range between 78 and 85 on
one transistor across multiple tests is
about what I’d expect, given the collector current can vary from 8mA to 9mA
from test to test. I could have made this
tighter, but it increases the risk that the
algorithm fails to converge, especially
for Darlington transistors.
If you need better matching than
that, I suggest you average several readings, or note the exact base current for
the hfe reading of the first transistor
and then test subsequent transistors
a few times until you get a reading at
a similar base current.
The unit switches off after about 15
seconds if on battery and stays on forever if powered by USB. The battery
should be good for about 4000 tests
between charges.
Adjustable Ultrasonic
Cleaner queries
Once again, S ilicon C hip has
inspired me, thanks to John Clarke.
Before I started building the Adjustable Ultrasonic Cleaner (July-August
Australia's electronics magazine
2026; siliconchip.au/Series/461), I
have a few questions. Do you intend
to create a kit for this or just provide
the PCBs and programmed PIC?
Regarding the tub, I see no mention of an enclosure/holder for it? I
was thinking of 3D-printing one, but
are there any considerations such as
supporting it from the bottom versus
the top lip that may dampen its effectiveness? Is there any preference for
a round, rectangular, or square tub?
Regarding the diecast box, is there
any special reason why it is metal apart
from the need to provide heatsinking
for the Mosfets and voltage regulators?
The extended shaft arrangement for
the pot looks a little basic. Can I offer
an STL file for a 3D-printed one?
Please keep more of these projects
coming, and I always look forward to
the interesting and varied articles. (R.
W., King Creek, NSW)
● If there is a kit, we usually mention it in the article (often at the bottom of the Parts List) and on the Online
Shop page in that issue. All our kits are
also listed at siliconchip.au/Shop/20
There is no kit for the Adjustable
Ultrasonic Cleaner, but as usual, the
PCBs and programmed PIC are available (siliconchip.au/Shop/8/7704). We
can also supply the ETD29 transformer
parts and some Mosfets, listed on that
same web page.
As you suggest, the metal box was
chosen to provide heatsinking for the
semiconductors. You could come up
with a different arrangement with separate heatsinks in a different enclosure
that’s not made of metal.
Thanks for the suggestion to make a
3D-printed shaft extender. Jaycar used
to sell a brass shaft extender, but it’s no
longer available, so we came up with
the idea of using the brass Earth connector as it is an ‘off-the-shelf’ part.
A 3D-printed version would make it
neater.
A round or square container would
be better than a rectangular one. It does
not seem critical where the container
support is placed. It could be supported at its top lip or via a stand at
November 2026 101
C Version
static bool is_leap_year(uint16_t year) {
return (year % 4 == 0) && ((year % 100 != 0) || (year % 400 == 0));
}
static uint8_t days_in_month(uint16_t year, uint8_t month) {
static const uint8_t days[] = { 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30,
31, 30, 31 };
if (month == 2 && is_leap_year(year))
return 29;
return days[month - 1];
}
void fix_gps_rollover(uint16_t *year, uint8_t *month, uint8_t *day) {
uint32_t days = 1024 * 7;
// 7168 days
/* Convert current month/day to zero-based day of year */
uint32_t day_of_year = *day - 1;
for (uint8_t m = 1; m < *month; m++)
day_of_year += days_in_month(*year, m);
day_of_year += days;
/* Advance whole years */
while (day_of_year >= (is_leap_year(*year) ? 366 : 365)) {
day_of_year -= is_leap_year(*year) ? 366 : 365;
(*year)++;
}
/* Convert remaining day-of-year back to month/day */
*month = 1;
while (day_of_year >= days_in_month(*year, *month)) {
day_of_year -= days_in_month(*year, *month);
(*month)++;
}
*day = day_of_year + 1;
}
MMBasic version
FUNCTION IsLeapYear%(Y%)
IsLeapYear% = (Y% MOD 4 = 0) AND ((Y% MOD 100 <> 0) OR (Y% MOD 400 = 0))
END FUNCTION
FUNCTION DaysInMonth%(Y%, M%)
LOCAL D%
SELECT CASE M%
CASE 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12
D% = 31
CASE 4, 6, 9, 11
D% = 30
CASE 2
D% = 28
IF IsLeapYear%(Y%) THEN D% = 29
END SELECT
DaysInMonth% = D%
END FUNCTION
SUB FixGPSRollover(Y%, M%, D%)
LOCAL Days%, DayOfYear%, I%, YearDays%
Days% = 1024 * 7
‘ 7168 days
‘ Convert current month/day to zero-based day-of-year
DayOfYear% = D% - 1
FOR I% = 1 TO M% - 1
DayOfYear% = DayOfYear% + DaysInMonth%(Y%, I%)
NEXT I%
DayOfYear% = DayOfYear% + Days%
‘ Advance whole years
DO
IF IsLeapYear%(Y%) THEN
YearDays% = 366
ELSE
YearDays% = 365
ENDIF
IF DayOfYear% < YearDays% THEN EXIT DO
DayOfYear% = DayOfYear% - YearDays%
Y% = Y% + 1
LOOP
‘ Convert remaining day-of-year back to month/day
M% = 1
DO WHILE DayOfYear% >= DaysInMonth%(Y%, M%)
DayOfYear% = DayOfYear% - DaysInMonth%(Y%, M%)
M% = M% + 1
LOOP
GPS module 1024D% = DayOfYear% + 1
week rollover bug code
END SUB
102
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
the base. Our version used a small rectangular timber base that surrounded
the centrally located transducer and
no damping was observed.
GPS module 1024-week
rollover bug
I’m writing to get your opinion on
a problem I noticed with an EM-408
GPS module. These modules were featured in several of your early articles
on GPS-controlled clocks. For example, in the March and November 2009
issues (siliconchip.au/Series/43).
I designed and built a digital clock
based on this module using a Micromite and a 16×2 LCD display. The
Micromite extracts the date and time
information from the $GPRMC record
of the EM-408 output stream. Everything worked well for many years until
last month I observed that the date displayed was incorrect. It was showing
23 Jan 2009. However, the time is still
shown correctly.
After a bit of searching, I found that
this faulty date was the date string
actually contained in the $GPRMC
record. When I swapped the EM-408
for a VK2828U7G5LF, the date and
time were displayed correctly. So for
some reason the EM-408 was inserting false date information into the
$GPRMC record.
It puzzles me. Can you throw any
light on this phenomenon? (J. H.,
Nathan, Qld)
● GPS modules are good for about
1024 weeks of use, which is just under
20 years. That’s usually from the date
of design or manufacture, not when it
was purchased.
After that, the date will jump back
about 20 years. This is a limitation of
the GPS protocol.
The EM-408 was released in
2006/2007, meaning it’s expected to
be obsolete in 2026. It’s a bad design,
but that’s how they decided to do it,
and many GPS modules are similar.
The VK2828 is a newer design, so it
isn’t affected yet, but one day the same
thing might happen.
Such modules can still be used with
software compensation that adds 1024
weeks to the date from the module.
Unfortunately, that is not as easy as an
exact number of years. Example C and
MMBasic code to fix this problem is
shown opposite. We’ve only done basic
testing, but this code seems to work.
continued on page 104
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Advertise your product or services here in Silicon Chip
KIT ASSEMBLY & REPAIR
FOR SALE
DAVE THOMPSON
(the Serviceman from
Silicon Chip) is available to help you with
kit assembly, project
troubleshooting, general electronics and
custom design work.
No job too small. Based in Christchurch,
New Zealand, but service available Australia/NZ wide.
Email dave<at>davethompson.co.nz
LEDsales
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith: 0409 662 794
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
PCB PRODUCTION
PCB MANUFACTURE: single to multilayer. Bare board tested. One-offs to
any quantity. 48 hour service. Artwork
design. Excellent prices. Check out our
specials: www.ldelectronics.com.au
LEDS, BRAND NAME AND GENERIC
LEDs, filament LEDs, LED drivers,
heatsinks, power supplies, kits and
modules, components, breadboards,
hardware, magnets. Please visit www.
ledsales.com.au
PMD WAY offers (almost) everything
for the electronics enthusiast – with
full warranty, technical support and free
delivery worldwide. Visit pmdway.com
to get started.
Micromite Explore-40
October 2024
Complete Kit
SC6991: $35
siliconchip.au/Article/16677
Includes the PCB and all onboard parts.
Audio Breakout board and Pico BackPack are
sold separately.
Issues Getting Dog-Eared?
Keep your copies safe with these handy binders
Order online from www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/4
or call (02) 9939 3295. See website for overseas prices
REAL
VALUE A
T
$21.50*
PLUS
P&P
ADVERTISING IN MARKET CENTRE
Classified Ad Rates: $32.00 for up to 20 words (punctuation not charged) plus $1.20 for each additional word. Display ads in
Market Centre (minimum 2cm deep, maximum 10cm deep): $82.50 per column centimetre per insertion. All prices include GST.
Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale. To book, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and include your name, address
& credit card details, or phone (02) 9939 3295.
WARNING!
Silicon Chip magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage. All such projects
should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried
out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains AC
voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other high voltages,
you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability for damages should anyone
be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of Silicon Chip magazine.
Devices or circuits described in Silicon Chip may be covered by patents. Silicon Chip disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. Silicon Chip also disclaims any liability for projects
which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Competition & Consumer Act 2010 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
November 2026 103
Advertising Index
Altronics.................................35-42
Blackmagic Design................... 5, 9
Dave Thompson........................ 103
DigiKey Electronics..................OBC
Emona Instruments.................. IBC
Hare & Forbes........................10-11
Jaycar............................. IFC, 22-25
Keith Rippon Kit Assembly....... 103
LD Electronics........................... 103
LEDsales................................... 103
Microchip Technology.................. 7
Mouser Electronics....................... 3
PCBWay....................................... 57
PE Back Issues............................. 6
PMD Way................................... 103
SC RPi Pico W BackPack........... 43
Silicon Chip Back Issues........... 53
Silicon Chip Binders................ 103
Silicon Chip DCC Kits................ 65
Silicon Chip Explore-40........... 103
Silicon Chip Kits........................ 83
Silicon Chip PDFs on USB......... 82
Silicon Chip Shop.................90-91
Silicon Chip Battery Checker.... 89
The Loudspeaker Kit.com............ 8
Wagner Electronics..................... 87
GPS Nixie Clock date
wraparound
I built the 6-Digit Retro Nixie Clock
(February & March 2015; siliconchip.
au/Series/282) soon after it came out,
and it has performed faultlessly until
yesterday, the 14th of June, 2026.
When we woke up, it was showing
UTC time, not local (as happens occasionally here), but when it finally
showed local time, it was displaying
one hour ahead, ie, summer time.
This seemed strange until I checked
the date the clock displayed, which
was 29/10/06, nearly 20 years ago. I
immediately thought of the GPS date
rollover problem, but a quick check
showed that was in 2019 and the next
one isn’t until 2038. To be certain it
wasn’t a glitch of some sort, I switched
the unit off for several hours. When
switched back on, the problem was
still there.
So the clock believes that today
is 30/10/2006, not 16/6/2026. Apart
from some really weird fault with the
GPS receiver, the only other thing
that springs to mind is a software bug.
Are there any other possibilities? I am
using an EM-408 GPS module for timekeeping. (K. O., Westbury, Tas)
● Looking through our source code,
all dates are handled in BCD format, so
we don’t see how there can be a wraparound or overflow until the year 2100
at the earliest. We can’t 100% rule it
out, but it seems very unlikely, especially since the day and month have
also changed in your case.
The 29th of October 2006 is exactly
1024 weeks before the 14th of June
2026. That points to the GPS receiver
reporting a date one GPS epoch too
early.
Errata and on-sale date for the next issue
iClap intelligent multi-clap switch, Circuit Notebook, June 2026: it’s better
to connect the relay contacts between the mains outlet’s Active terminal and
the lamp, in series with S1. Regardless, S1 must always be switched off (and
ideally the circuit breaker too) before changing the lamp because RLY1 could
be energised at any time. You can’t rely on RLY1 to disconnect Active from the
lamp socket for safety even if RLY1 is placed in the Active circuit.
Ducted Heat Transfer Controller, September 2025: in the fourth paragraph on
p68, the article mentions the Jaycar HB6116 & HB6114 vented enclosures,
stating that the latter is smaller than the former; it should be the opposite.
Solar-Powered Lighting System, May & June 2010: the 2.2kΩ resistor shown
above IC1 in the PCB overlay diagram (Fig.6) should be 22kΩ.
Next Issue: the December 2026 issue is due on sale in newsagents by Monday,
November 23rd. Expect postal delivery of subscription copies in Australia
between November 20th and December 9th.
104
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
So we suspect the GPS module is at
fault. You could connect it to a USB/
serial interface and look at the date
string in the RMC messages. We suspect you will find that it’s giving out
the wrong date. The EM-408 is quite
an old design, released in 2007, so it
was likely developed in 2006. That
would explain why it has wrapped
around 1024 weeks later and gone
back to 2006.
If that’s the case, there are two possible solutions:
1. Replace the GPS module with one
that gives the correct date.
2. Make a custom version of the firmware that compensates by adjusting
the date/time from the module. This
will be a little involved since it will
need to adjust the year, month and day
to add 1024 weeks. It would probably
be necessary to convert the date from
the GPS module into days since January 1st, 2006, or similar, then add
1024 × 7 and convert it back to a date.
The code we have shown on the previous page may be helpful.
Simple audio preamp
wanted
Can you advise me if you have ever
published a design for a simple (preferably mono) preamplifier on a relatively small PCB that can run from a
single DC voltage rail?
I restore valve radios at a serious
hobby level, doing many for other people, and I often add a small preamp so
the radios will produce adequate output when fed with an audio signal from
(say) an MP3 player, which produces an
audio output level is significantly lower
than the level from the radio’s detector.
This means that the volume control of the radio has to be turned up
really high when being fed with such
a signal. Until recently, I had been
using the Champ preamp. While I am
well aware of its design deficiencies,
it worked fine. However, I have just
become aware that Jaycar is no longer
stocking this preamp, so I am looking
for a suitable alternative. (P. W., Pukekohe, NZ)
● The 2013 Champion preamp
was designed to replace the ancient
Champ and Prechamp designs. Jaycar has a complete kit (Cat KC5519),
while Altronics has a preamp-only
kit available (Cat K6044). We can also
supply a PCB or a kit (siliconchip.au/
SC
Shop/?article=1301).
siliconchip.com.au
“Rigol Offer Australia’s Best
Value Test Instruments”
New
2026
Products
Oscilloscopes
New
12Bit
Scopes
New
Up To
13GHz
RIGOL DS-1000Z/E - FREE OPTIONS
RIGOL DHO/MHO Series
RIGOL DSO-8000/A Series
450MHz to 200MHz, 2/4 Ch
41GS/s Real Time Sampling
424Mpts Standard Memory Depth
470MHz to 800MHz, 2/4 Ch
412Bit Vertical Resolution
4Ultra Low Noise Floor
4600MHz to 13GHz, 4Ch
410GS/s to 40GS/s Real Time Sampling
4Up to 4Gpts Memory Depth
FROM $
649
FROM $
ex GST
684
FROM $
ex GST
13,191
Multimeters
Function/Arbitrary Function Generators
RIGOL DG-800/900 Pro Series
RIGOL DG-1000Z Series
RIGOL DM-858/E
425MHz to 200MHz, 1/2 Ch
416Bit, Up to 1.25GS/s
47” Colour Touch Screen
425MHz, 30MHz & 60MHz
42 Output Channels
4160 In-Built Waveforms
45 1/2 Digits
47” Colour Touch Screen
4USB & LAN
FROM $
713
FROM $
ex GST
Power Supplies
ex GST
604
FROM $
ex GST
Spectrum Analysers
632
ex GST
Real-Time Analysers
New
Up To
26.5GHz
RIGOL DP-932E
RIGOL DSA Series
RIGOL RSA Series
4Triple Output 2 x 32V/3A & 6V/3A
43 Electrically Isolated Channels
4Internal Series/Parallel Operation
4500MHz to 7.5GHz
4RBW settable down to 10 Hz
4Optional Tracking Generator
41.5GHz to 26.5Hz
4Modes: Real Time, Swept, VSA, EMI, VNA
4Optional Tracking Generator
ONLY $
799
FROM $
ex GST
1,321
FROM $
ex GST
3,210
ex GST
Buy on-line at www.emona.com.au/rigol
Sydney
Tel 02 9519 3933
Fax 02 9550 1378
Melbourne
Tel 03 9889 0427
Fax 03 9889 0715
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
Brisbane
Tel 07 3392 7170
Fax 07 3848 9046
Adelaide
Tel 08 8363 5733
Fax 08 83635799
Perth
Tel 08 9361 4200
Fax 08 9361 4300
web www.emona.com.au
EMONA
|